Top Banner
QC Industries Driven by customers ... powered by proven products Low profile conveyors Product Catalog LLC
123

QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

Nov 13, 2014

Download

Documents

QCIndustries

Catalog describing QC Industries' versatile 125 Series conveyors, their 125Z Series angled frame conveyors and 250 Series center- and end-drive conveyors.
Welcome message from author
This document is posted to help you gain knowledge. Please leave a comment to let me know what you think about it! Share it to your friends and learn new things together.
Transcript
Page 1: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries

Driven by customers ... powered by proven products

Low profile conveyors

Product Catalog

LLC

Page 2: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

125 Series Magnetic ConveyorsApplication Assistance Form 116-117Specifications & Dimensions 16Features & Benefits 17Technical Data 18How to Order 19Belting 20-21Side & Guide Rails 22-25Mounts 26-27Stands 28-29Drives & Mounting Packages 30-37Drive Accessories 38-40Gang Driving 41Automation Accessories 42-43

Page

QC Industries 513.753.6000

Contents

2

125 Series Standard Conveyors

125 Series Cleated Conveyors

Application Assistance Form 116-117Specifications & Dimensions 8Features & Benefits 9Technical Data 10How to Order 11Belting 20-21Side & Guide Rails 22-25Mounts 26-27Stands 28-29Drives & Mounting Packages 30-37Drive Accessories 38-40Gang Driving 41Automation Accessories 42-43

Page

Application Assistance Form 116-117Specifications & Dimensions 12Features & Benefits 13Technical Data 14How to Order 15Belting 20-21Side & Guide Rails 22-25Mounts 26-27Stands 28-29Drives & Mounting Packages 30-37Drive Accessories 38-40Gang Driving 41Automation Accessories 42-43

Page

125 Series Corrosion Resistant ConveyorsApplication Assistance Form 116-117Specifications & Dimensions 44Features & Benefits 45Technical Data 46How to Order 47Belting 52-53Side & Guide Rails 54-57Mounts 58Stands 59Drives & Mounting Packages 60-65Drive Accessories 66Automation Accessories 67

Page

Page 3: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000 3

125 Z Series Angled Frame ConveyorsApplication Assistance Form 118-119Z - Specifications & Dimensions 68Z - Features & Benefits 69L - Specifications & Dimensions 70L - Features & Benefits 71R - Specifications & Dimensions 72R - Features & Benefits 73U - Specifications & Dimensions 74U - Features & Benefits 75N - Specifications & Dimensions 76N - Features & Benefits 77Technical Data-How to Size & Order 78-81Guides, Flared Side Rails & Hoppers 82-83Stands 84-85Drives & Mounting Packages 86-89Drive Accessories 90-91

Page

250 Series End & Center Drive ConveyorsApplication Assistance Form 120-121End Drive Specifications & Dimensions 92End Drive Features & Benefits 93End Drive Technical Data 94End Drive How to Order 95Center Drive Specifications & Dimensions 96Center Drive Features & Benefits 97Center Drive Technical Data 98Center Drive How to Order 99Belting 100-101Side & Guide Rails 102-103Automation Accessories 104Mounts 105Stands 106-107Drives & Mounting Packages 108-113Drive Accessories 114-115

Page

Learn about QC Industries 4-7Conveyor Selection Guide 123Warranty & Returned Goods Information 122

Page

Additional Information

125 Series Cleated Corrosion Resistant Conveyors

Application Assistance Form 116-117Specifications & Dimensions 48Features & Benefits 49Technical Data 50How to Order 51Belting 52-53Side & Guide Rails 54-57Mounts 58Stands 59Drives & Mounting Packages 60-65Drive Accessories 66Automation Accessories 67

Page

Page 4: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

4

Standing the Test of Time

Since 1981 companies fromaround the world have beenrelying on QC Industries fortheir conveyor needs. Our55,000 square footcorporate headquarters,

located in Cincinnati, Ohio, offers visitors a 2000square foot display room filled with a fullassortment of operating conveyors andinteractive conveyor displays. Come visit us andget hands-on with yournext conveyor project!

If you're looking for something a little different thanour standard conveyors, just contact us and we'llcustomize it for you. Whether it's a simplebracket to integrate with acustomized piece of equipment,full assembly of a turnkeyproject, or a completelynew conveyor design tomake your applicationparameters work; give us acall. We stand ready todiscuss your needs in detail.

Driven

We offer standard lowprofile conveyors that areless than 2 inches in theiroverall height. Our standardunits range from 2 incheswide up to 24 inches wideand up to 25 feet in length.We offer a variety of styles

including Standard Automation Conveyors,Cleated Belt Conveyors, Magnetic Conveyors,Corrosion Resistant Conveyors and fiveconfigurations of Angled Frame Conveyors. Wealso have a large selection of standardaccessories to customize every conveyorincluding sides, guides, mounts, stands, motiondetection and more...

Special Orders: Our Specialty

One-Stop Shopping

QC Industries is a LeanManufacturing Company. In2003 our company decided togo "Lean" and we intend tocontinue with our lean effortsinto the future. From "PolicyDeployment" to "Six SigmaQuality" to "Kaizen Events", we personifycontinual improvement. All of our products aredesigned based on the "Voice of the Customer",and our "5S Committee" is constantly ensuringthat we are creating a self-disciplined and self-sustaining culture to build a stronger organization.

Voice of the Customer

Page 5: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

5

As standard, our conveyorsare constructed of highimpact-resistant heavy duty 10gauge steel; a framework thatis laser cut and formed as onesolid piece. This single-body

frame design is cutting edge technology thatensures frame integrity and overall conveyorperformance. Our conveyors are also designedto allow for bearing lubrication on the fly. Thisresults in zero down time during regularmaintenance, saving our customers both timeand money. Belt tracking is designed into bothends of our conveyors for precision adjustmentsin the field. Our conveyors are built to last.

PackagingWorkcell Assembly OEM Machine Integration Injection MoldingPharmaceuticalFood ProcessingLabeling Bar Code ScanningHigh Heat & Hot Part ApplicationsMetal StampingIncline/Decline OperationsOverhead Pick Off & TransferFerrous & Non-Ferrous Part SeparationClean Rooms

Great products are madeon great equipment; andour products are madeon the industry's finestequipment. From fullyautomated robotic lasersused to manufacture ourfabricated components to

high tech computer-controlled CNC machineryused to produce our machine components, wepersonify state-of-the-art manufacturing. Wetake pride in delivering quality in every productwe produce.

Customersby

With representative organizationslocated throughout the U.S., Canada,Mexico, Europe & Australia, ourextensive network of distributors andmanufacturer’s representatives areready to help you with all your

conveyor needs. We have multiple representationin most localities to cover thevariety of markets that weserve, enabling us to offerspecialists within givenindustries. Give us a call onyour next conveyor project andlet us help you size up awinner.

Lifetime Performance Application Spectrum

State-of-the-Art Manufacturing Worldwide Distribution Network

Page 6: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

6

Quality assurance andcustomer satisfaction aretop priority at QCIndustries. All of ourconveyors are assembledand tested prior to leavingthe factory. We adhere toa strict three-signaturesign off system. The first step requires techniciansto take ownership and personally sign off on ordersthey have filled; the next two tests and signaturesare extra steps in ensuring that you receive exactlywhat you have ordered. We strive to get it right foryou the first time.

In today's fast pacedbusiness world, when youneed a quote, most oftenyou need it fast. We prideourselves on turning quotesaround to our customerswithin 24 hours of receivingthe application parameters.We recognize that time ismoney and to that end, we

want to earn your respect. Give us a call and putus to the test ... you'll be glad you did.

Once you have sized yourapplication and placed yourorder, the last thing youneed to worry about iswhether or not it will ship ontime. At QC Industries weprovide world class on-timedelivery. We also institute

continual improvement efforts focused atcontinuing to be the industry's best. Our flexibleinventory system allows us to expedite orderswhen needed and ship conveyors same day ifnecessary. Once your order has shipped, yourorganization can receive a confirmation andtracking information to follow your order right toyour dock door.

PPoowweerreedd

Experienced Tech Support

We have experiencedengineers ready right now toassist you with the most difficultof applications. We also prideourselves on having highlytrained inside salesrepresentatives assigned to

every customer, so we can provideindividualized service from the beginning of thequote to post-shipping and follow up. If you needassistance in the field after the sale, we havefactory service technicians that can bedispatched for travel directly to your site. Westrive to exceed your expectations.

Superior Quality Assurance

24-Hour Quote Turnaround World Class Delivery

Page 7: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

7

Go online towww.qcindustries.com andlearn more about ourorganization. You will find linksto all the products that QCIndustries has available, many

of which are not covered in this catalog. You willalso find where we are exhibiting at trade shows,directions to our facility, and links to sign up forour QC Communicator newsletter; which offersinsightful information into our products andapplications. Information is available at yourfingertips right now, so go for it!

We offer CAD disks to helpyou lay out yourapplications quickly andprecisely. We also offerCAD information online. Ifwe are designingsomething special for your

application, we can provide a full 3D model for“drop in” integration with your CAD package. Weare continually striving to provide the necessarytools you need to succeed on your next conveyorproject.

We have built our reputation bycombining innovative designs withhigh quality and exceptional service,earning the respect of end users andsystem integrators around the globe.Our extensive network of returncustomers powers

us every day. Our customersbecome customers for life.Let us show you why.

byProven Products

Computer-Aided Design

Check Out Our Web Site A World-Class Company

A benchmark of the QCIndustries design is an eccentricsnap out sealed idler cartridgethat allows single point belttensioning and, therefore, thefastest belt change on themarket. This belt change is normally achieved withoutever having to remove or adjust our drive packages.We challenge you to find that in our competition. Ourconveyors are also designed with a cutting edgecrowned floating pulley system with thrust washers.This technology protects your bearings against off-center loading, and controls belt misalignment thatmight otherwise result from camber.

Innovative Design

Page 8: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

.75

.88 L - 2.00 = CENTER DISTANCE.82

1.89 *

.42

L - .31 = OVERALL LENGTH

6.13.75

1.00 SHAFTLENGTH

W + 2.33 W + .31 =FRAME WIDTH

W - .10 =BELT WIDTH

.50 DIA.1/8 SQ. KEY

QC Industries 513.753.6000

125 Series Standard Conveyors

8

Specifications

Note: As in allindustries, technicalspecifications willchange withtechnology updates.Please contactfactory or seewww.qcindustries.comfor the most up-to-date drawings.

• Width 2” to 24”• Length 24” to 144”• Profile 1.89” high• Drive Pulley 1.31” Diameter• Load Carrying Capacity to 450 lbs.*• Speed Range up to 225 fpm

Overview Dimensions

*See Technical Data on page 10

*Dimension reflects use of MAA belt. See pages 20-21.

Page 9: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000 9

Features & Benefits

Tail Assembly Drive Assembly

Conveyor

• Low profile design provides tight product transfers and the ability to fit into space-constrainedareas

• Single piece 10-gauge steel framework is laser cut and formed to create a single-body frameconstruction, ensuring frame integrity

• Tight tolerance belting and our unique snap-out sealed tail assembly provide for a quick beltchange (less than 5 minutes) that is normally achieved without having to remove the drivepackages or side rails

• High tensile strength belts offer superior strength-to-weight ratio and are available in over50 various types

• All components in our conveyors are produced on state-of-the-art manufacturing equipment

• Single point belt tension is achieved through a snap-in eccentric tailassembly designed to pull through the natural elongation characteristics ofthe belt and provide quick and easy belt change capacity

• Crowned sealed tail assembly is designed to promote excellent belttracking and is equipped with superior needle bearings with seals that arefilled with high performance grease

• Thrust washers designed into the tailassembly provide axial float, which allowsthe assembly to move with the naturalcamber of the belt and protect bearingsagainst off-center load conditions

• Grease fitting design in the tail assembly allows for lubrication of bearingswhile the conveyor is running, resulting in zero down time duringlubrication

• Precision bearing alignment is guaranteed within the pressed tail assembly,providing optimal conditions to move the heaviest loads in low profileconveyors

• Eccentric tracking bushing allows for single point tracking control at theidler end of the conveyor

• Straight knurl design used to prevent premature wear on the carcass ofthe belt and still provide superior grip to overcome start-up inertia

• Crowned sealed drive assemblydesigned to promote superior belttracking, and is equipped with superiorneedle bearings with seals that arefilled with high performance grease

• Thrust washers designed into thedrive assembly provide axial float,which allows the assembly to movewith the natural camber of the belt andprotect bearings against off-center load conditions

• Discreet needle fitting lubrication points in each bearing housing allows forlubrication of bearings while the conveyor is running, resulting in zerodown time during lubrication

• Precision bearing alignment is guaranteed within the pressed bearingassemblies that are piloted on body fitted studs, providing optimalconditions to move the heaviest loads in low profile conveyors

• Threaded tracking adjustment points provide simple responsive belttracking that retain settings, even during belt removal

• Drive pulley is available in solid output design, dual solid outputdesign, or hex through shaft design

Page 10: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000

125 Series Standard Conveyors

10

Each of the myriad of applications that exist requires certain performancecharacteristics from the conveyor. QC Industries has developed a sizingsystem that condenses all of these parameters into a common factor, namelyequivalent load.

A conveyor application that is accumulating a 5-pound load, for example,demands the conveyor to carry more than 5 pounds. As such, we havedeveloped certain factors to add to the load that the conveyor needs to carry.

Follow the five steps below to determine the equivalent load your applicationrequires. The result will then be used to help choose the gearmotorarrangement that will provide the correct torque.

Load Carrying Capacity - Figure 10-A

Incline/Decline Load Factors - Figure 10-B

Conveyor Friction - Figure 10-C

Write down the equivalent load on your application assistance form (pages116-117). The equivalent load will be needed to properly size a gearmotorfor the conveyor. (See pages 30-37)

Next, proceed to the next page to construct the conveyor part number.

500

450

400

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

Above load carrying capacities are for both drive pushing and pulling applications.Note: for drive pushing applications, decrease load capacity of conveyor by 1/2.

2 3 4 6 8 10 12 18 24

2550 37.5

75 7550

100

150

100

150125

200

250300

450

175

87.5

225

Pulling (Drive Location A&B) Pushing (Drive Location C&D)

Lbs.

Belt Width

Equ

ival

nt L

oad

Con

stan

t

AngleFactor

3.0

2.5

2.0

1.5

1.0

0.5

0.0

00.0 0.3 0.6 0.8 1.1 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.1 2.3 2.5 2.6 2.8 2.9 3.0 3.1

5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75

0.0

0.30.6

0.81.1

1.41.6

1.82.1

2.32.5

2.62.8

2.9 3.0 3.1

Conveyor Width

Frictional Load

Equ

ival

ent L

oad

200

150

100

50

2 3 4 6 8 10 12 18 24

36 42 48 60 72 84 96 132 168

36 42 4860

7284

96

132

168

Technical Data

1. Nominal Load

Equivalent Load (lbs) SUM (1-5)

Enter the total load in pounds the conveyor must carry. For example, (12)cartons weighing 10 pounds each would have a total nominal load of 120 lbs.Use Figure 10-A to cross-reference the width conveyor you desire with thenominal load you need to carry (to ensure it can carry the load). Each conveyorwidth listed shows a total load carrying capacity for both drive pushing and drivepulling applications. Enter nominal load (in pounds) on Line One.

If the application does not have an accumulating load, enter zero on Line Two.Otherwise, multiply the nominal load from Line One times an accumulationfactor. (0.2 for accumulation belts listed on page 20 and 0.3 for MAA standardurethane). Enter result on Line Two.

Some applications require an incline or decline. If the application does notrequire an incline or decline, enter zero on Line Three. For inclining ordeclining applications, choose a factor from Figure 10-B based upon theangle of incline then multiply that factor by the total nominal load from LineOne. Enter result on Line Three.

If the application does not call for side rails with seals to prevent smallparts from getting under the rail, enter zero on Line Four. Otherwise,multiply the conveyor length in feet by 5. The side rails can be found onpage 22. Example: 96" long conveyor with side seals would have a factorof 40 (8 x 5). Enter result on Line Four.

**Verify Load Capacity:After adding lines one through four together, please referenceFigure 10-A to ensure that the conveyor width you desire willcarry the sum of Lines One through Four. If the sum is greaterthan the load capacity listed for the width you have chosen,please choose a wider conveyor or consult factory.

All conveyors have a certain amount of friction that must be added to thenominal load. To determine how much additional load must be factored in,add 4 to the conveyor width in inches, then multiply by 6, or simply choosethe value from Figure 10-C. Enter result on Line Five.

lbs. 0

1.

2. Accumulation 2.

3. Incline/Decline [Factor] x [Load] = 3.

4. Side Seals 4.

5. Conveyor Friction 5.

Note: See page 11

STOPSTOP

Page 11: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

125 Series Standard

Step 4

Choose three-digit belt ordering code on pages 20-21.

Example: 1ESBH02-048-ASQ-MAA125 Series conveyor with standard construction and 1.81” powder coated frame.Conveyor measures 2” wide by 48” long with solid output pulley and standard tail pulley.The drive output shaft is in the A position. The conveyor has a standard urethane belt.

QC Industries 513.753.6000 11

Step 1

Step 2

Step 3

- - -1 E S H

SeriesD

rive TypeC

onstructionFram

eFram

e StyleW

idthW

idth

LengthLengthLength

Drive LocationD

rive PulleyTail Pulley

Belt

Belt

Belt

1 = 125 E = End Drive S = Standard B = 1.81” Powder Coat (Beige)E = 1.81” Stainless Steel H = Straight Frame

Widths Lengths*

2”

02

3” 4” 6” 8” 10” 12” 18” 24”

03 04 06 08 10 12 18 24

24”

024

36” 48” 60” 72” 96” 120” 144”

036 048 060 072 096 120 144

Drive Location Drive Pulley Type Tail Pulley TypeD

BA

C 1/2” Dia*Cap

Solid Output Shaft

1/2” HexThru

Hex Input

S

H

D1/2” Dia*1/2” Dia*

Dual Output

QStandard

DDetectable

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4

*Contact factory for special lengths

Frame Frame StyleConstructionDrive TypeSeries

How to Order

A&B are drive pullingC&D are drive pushing

Standa

rd

Standa

rd

Option

see p

g.43

Rolling Nosebar R

Option

see p

g.42

Option

see p

g.41

Option

see p

g.41

As standard, we assemble the conveyor,track the pre-tensioned belt and qualitycheck every conveyor before we ship tothe customer. Accessories such as Drives,Stands, Mounts, and Guides arepackaged separately and are shippedunassembled with the conveyor to preventdamage during shipment. Completeassembly can be provided upon request;please contact our factory for details.

Optional: Snap-In Wiper is used with smooth surfaced, low friction belts for residueremoval. This item snaps into the underside of the conveyor frame and can be installedat either end of the conveyor. Shown here on the drive end.To Order:Fill in the last two digits of the part number with the conveyor widthPart Number: 125-0192-WWExample: 125-0192-08 Snap-In Wiper for an 8” wide conveyor

* 1/8” sq. key included

Note: proceed to page 22 tocontinue sizing your conveyor...

Custom colors available - Contact factory

Page 12: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000

125 Series Cleated Conveyors

12

CLEAT HEIGHTSEE PAGE 51

.75.88 L - 2.00 = CENTER DISTANCE.82

1.89 *

.42

L - .31 = OVERALL LENGTH

6.13.75

1.00 SHAFTLENGTH

W + 2.33

.50 DIA.1/8 SQ. KEY

W - 1.37 =CLEAT WIDTH

Specifications

Note: As in allindustries, technicalspecifications willchange withtechnology updates.Please contactfactory or seewww.qcindustries.comfor the most up-to-date drawings.

• Width 2” to 24”• Length 24” to 144”• Profile 1.89” high• Drive Pulley 1.31” Diameter• Load Carrying Capacity to 450 lbs.*• Speed Range up to 225 fpm• Multiple Cleat Heights Available

Overview Dimensions

*See Technical Data on page 14

*Dimension reflects use of MAA belt. See pages 20-21.

Page 13: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000 13

Features & Benefits

Multiple cleat sizes and styles availableSee page 15 Step 4 for options

Corrugated sidesavailable with 1 inch cleats

Conveyor

• Low profile design provides tight product transfers and the ability to fit into space-constrainedareas

• Single piece 10-gauge steel framework is laser cut and formed to create a single-body frameconstruction, ensuring frame integrity

• Tight tolerance belting and our unique snap-out sealed tail assembly provide for a quick beltchange (less than 5 minutes) that is normally achieved without having to remove the drivepackages or side rails

• High tensile strength cleated belts offer superior strength-to-weight ratio and are available invarious styles and heights. Cleats are always high frequency welded to customer desired spacingand never glued to the top surface of the belt

• All components in our conveyors are produced on state-of-the-art manufacturing equipment

Tail Assembly Drive Assembly

• Single point belt tension is achieved through a snap-in eccentric tailassembly designed to pull through the natural elongation characteristics ofthe belt and provide quick and easy belt change capacity

• Crowned sealed tail assembly is designed to promote excellent belttracking and is equipped with superiorneedle bearings with seals that are filledwith high performance grease

• Thrust washers designed into the tailassembly provide axial float, which allowsthe assembly to move with the naturalcamber of the belt and protect bearings against off-center loadconditions

• Grease fitting design in the tail assembly allows for lubrication of bearingswhile the conveyor is running, resulting in zero down time duringlubrication

• Precision bearing alignment is guaranteed within the pressed tail assembly,providing optimal conditions to move the heaviest loads in low profileconveyors

• Eccentric tracking bushing allows for single point tracking control at theidler end of the conveyor

• Straight knurl design used to prevent premature wear on the carcass ofthe belt and still provide superior grip to overcome start-up inertia

• Crowned sealed drive assemblydesigned to promote superior belttracking, and is equipped with superiorneedle bearings with seals that arefilled with high performance grease

• Thrust washers designed into the driveassembly provide axial float, whichallows the assembly to move with the natural camber of the belt and protectbearings against off-center load conditions

• Discreet needle fitting lubrication points in each bearing housing allows for lubrication ofbearings while the conveyor is running, resulting in zero down time during lubrication

• Precision bearing alignment is guaranteed within the pressed bearingassemblies that are piloted on body fitted studs, providing optimal conditionsto move the heaviest loads in low profile conveyors

• Threaded tracking adjustment points provide simple responsive belttracking that retain settings, even during belt removal

• Drive pulley is available in solid output design, dual solid output design,or hex through shaft design

Page 14: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000

125 Series Cleated Conveyors

14

Each of the myriad of applications that exist requires certain performancecharacteristics from the conveyor. QC Industries has developed a sizingsystem that condenses all of these parameters into a common factor, namelyequivalent load.

A conveyor application that is carrying a 5-pound load, for example, demandsthe conveyor to carry more than 5 pounds. As such, we have developedcertain factors to add to the load that the conveyor needs to carry.

Follow the three steps below to determine the equivalent load yourapplication requires. The result will then be used to help choose thegearmotor arrangement that will provide the correct torque.

Conveyor Friction - Figure 14-C

Write down the equivalent load on your application assistance form (pages116-117). The equivalent load will be needed to properly size a gearmotorfor the conveyor. (See pages 30-37)

Next, proceed to the next page to construct the conveyor part number.

Above load carrying capacities are for both drive pushing and pulling applications.Note: for drive pushing applications, decrease load capacity of conveyor by 1/2.

Incline/Decline Load Factors - Figure 14-B

Technical Data

Equivalent Load (lbs) SUM (1-3)

**Verify Load Capacity:After adding lines One and Two together, please referenceFigure 14-A to ensure that the conveyor width you desire willcarry the sum of Lines One through Two. If the sum is greaterthan the load capacity listed for the width you have chosen,please choose a wider conveyor or consult factory.

lbs.

Factor

0.0

0.30.6

0.81.1

1.41.6

1.82.1

2.32.5

2.62.8

2.9 3.0 3.1

Equ

ival

nt L

oad

Con

stan

t

Angle

3.0

2.5

2.0

1.5

1.0

0.5

0.0

00.0 0.3 0.6 0.8 1.1 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.1 2.3 2.5 2.6 2.8 2.9 3.0 3.1

5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75

Conveyor Width

Frictional Load

Equ

ival

ent L

oad

200

150

100

50

2 3 4 6 8 10 12 18 24

36 42 48 60 72 84 96 132 168

36 42 4860

7284

96

132

168

0

1. Nominal Load

Enter the total load in pounds the conveyor must carry. For example, (12)cartons weighing 10 pounds each would have a total nominal load of 120 lbs.Use Figure 14-A to cross-reference the width conveyor you desire with thenominal load you need to carry (to ensure it can carry the load). Eachconveyor width listed shows a total load carrying capacity for both drive pushingand drive pulling applications. Enter nominal load (in pounds) on Line One.

1.

Some applications require an incline or decline. If the application does notrequire an incline or decline, enter zero on Line Two. For inclining ordeclining applications, choose a factor from Figure 14-B based upon theangle of incline then multiply that factor by the total nominal load from LineOne.

Enter result on Line Two.

2. Incline/Decline [Factor] x [Load] = 2.

All conveyors have a certain amount of friction that must be added to thenominal load. To determine how much additional load must be factored in,add 4 to the conveyor width in inches, then multiply by 6, or simply choosethe value from Figure 14-C.

Enter result on Line Three.

3. Conveyor Friction 3.

Load Carrying Capacity - Figure 14-A500

450

400

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

02 3 4 6 8 10 12 18 24

2550 37.5

75 7550

100

150

100

150125

200

250300

450

175

87.5

225Lbs.

Above load carrying capacities are for both drive pushing and pulling applications.Note: for drive pushing applications, decrease load capacity of conveyor by 1/2.

Pulling (Drive Location A&B) Pushing (Drive Location C&D)Belt Width

STOPSTOP

Note: See page 15

Page 15: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000 15

Step 1

Step 2

Step 5

- - -1 E S H

SeriesD

rive TypeC

onstructionFram

eFram

e StyleW

idthW

idth

LengthLengthLength

Drive LocationD

rive PulleyTail Pulley

Belt

Belt

Belt

1 = 125 E = End Drive S = Standard B = 1.81” Powder Coat (Beige)E = 1.81” Stainless Steel

H = Straight Frame

Widths Lengths*

2”

02

3” 4” 6” 8” 10” 12” 18” 24”

03 04 06 08 10 12 18 24

24”

024

36” 48” 60” 72” 96” 120” 144”

036 048 060 072 096 120 144

Determine the total number of cleats on the conveyor. Multiply conveyor length (in inches) by 2,divide by the desired spacing between the cleats (in inches). This will result in the total number ofcleats evenly spaced around the circumference of the belt. Note: Must have a whole number of cleats.

Example: 1ESBH06-048-ASQ-CAE016125 Series conveyor with standard construction and 1.81” powder coated frame. Conveyormeasures 6” wide by 48” long with solid output pulley and standard tail pulley. The drive outputshaft is in the A position. The conveyor belt has a 1/2” high cleat every 6”.

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4

*Contact factory for special lengths

Frame Frame StyleConstructionDrive TypeSeries

How to Order

Step 3

# of Cleats

# of Cleats

# of Cleats

Step 5

Step 4

Choose a base belt material and cleat height

UAC (White Urethane)MAA (Standard Urethane)

Base Belt Material 5mm 19mm 1/2” 3/4” 1” w/corr. sides 1” 2” 3”CABCBB

CADCBD

Note 1: All belts must have a cleat indent of width minus 1.37”, except 1” cleats with corrugated sidewall. That cleat indent is width minus 3.62”Note 2: Cleated belts are intended for use in conjunction with indented or adjustable guides (see page 23)

CAKCAGCAE CAF CAICAH

As standard, we assemble the conveyor,track the pre-tensioned belt and qualitycheck every conveyor before we ship tothe customer. Accessories such as Drives,Stands, Mounts, and Guides are packagedseparately and are shipped unassembledwith the conveyor to prevent damageduring shipment. Complete assembly canbe provided upon request; please contactour factory for details.

CBE CBF CBH CBG CBI CBK

Drive Location Drive Pulley Type Tail Pulley TypeD

BA

C 1/2” Dia*Cap

Solid Output Shaft

1/2” HexThru

Hex Input

S

H

D1/2” Dia*1/2” Dia*

Dual Output

QStandard

DDetectable

A&B are drive pullingC&D are drive pushing

Standa

rd

Standa

rd

Option

see p

g.42

Option

see p

g.41

Option

see p

g.41

* 1/8” sq. key included

Note: proceed to page 22 tocontinue sizing your conveyor...

Custom colors available - Contact factory

Page 16: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000

125 Series Magnetic Conveyors

16

MAGNET SPACINGSEE PAGE 19

W + 2.33

.42

2.69 NO MAGNETS 4.00NO MAGNETS

1.89 *

.88 L - 2.00 = CENTER DISTANCE.82

L - .31 = OVERALL LENGTH

.75

.50 DIA.1/8 SQ. KEY

1.00 SHAFTLENGTH

Specifications

Note: As in allindustries, technicalspecifications willchange withtechnology updates.Please contactfactory or seewww.qcindustries.comfor the most up-to-date drawings.

• Width 2” to 24”• Length 24” to 144”• Profile 1.89” high• Drive Pulley 1.31” Diameter• Load Carrying Capacity to 450 lbs.*• Speed Range up to 225 fpm

Overview Dimensions

*See Technical Data on page 18

*Dimension reflects use of MAA belt. See pages 20-21.

Page 17: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000 17

Features & Benefits

Conveyor• Low profile design provides tight product transfers and the ability to fit into space-constrained

areas

• Single piece 10-gauge stainless steel framework is laser cut and formed to create a single-bodyframe construction, ensuring frame integrity

• Tight tolerance belting and our unique snap-out sealed tail assembly provide for a quick beltchange (less than 5 minutes) that is normally achieved without having to remove the drivepackages or side rails

• Ceramic magnets are custom positioned within the conveyor framework to achieve an optimummagnetic field and smooth product movement for your application

• High tensile strength belts offer superior strength-to-weight ratio and are available in over 50various types

• All components in our conveyors are produced on state-of-the-art manufacturingequipment

Tail Assembly Drive Assembly

• Single point belt tension is achieved through a snap-in eccentric tailassembly designed to pull through the natural elongation characteristics ofthe belt and provide quick and easy belt change capacity

• Crowned sealed tail assembly is designed to promote excellent belttracking and is equipped with superiorneedle bearings with seals that are filledwith high performance grease

• Thrust washers designed into the tailassembly provide axial float, which allowsthe assembly to move with the naturalcamber of the belt and protect bearingsagainst off-center load conditions

• Grease fitting design in the tail assembly allows for lubrication of bearingswhile the conveyor is running, resulting in zero down time duringlubrication

• Precision bearing alignment is guaranteed within the pressed tail assembly,providing optimal conditions to move the heaviest loads in low profileconveyors

• Eccentric tracking bushing allows for single point tracking control at theidler end of the conveyor

• Straight knurl design used to prevent premature wear on the carcass ofthe belt and still provide superior grip to overcome start-up inertia

• Crowned sealed drive assemblydesigned to promote superior belttracking, and is equipped with superiorneedle bearings with seals that arefilled with high performance grease

• Thrust washers designed into the driveassembly provide axial float, whichallows the assembly to move with the natural camber of the belt and protectbearings against off-center load conditions

• Discreet needle fitting lubrication points in each bearing housing allows for lubrication ofbearings while the conveyor is running, resulting in zero down time during lubrication

• Precision bearing alignment is guaranteed within the pressed bearingassemblies that are piloted on body fitted studs, providing optimal conditionsto move the heaviest loads in low profile conveyors

• Threaded tracking adjustment points provide simple responsive belttracking that retain settings, even during belt removal

• Drive pulley is available in solid output design, dual solid output design,or hex through shaft design

Page 18: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000

125 Series Magnetic Conveyors

18

Conveyor Friction - Figure 18-D

Equ

ival

ent L

oad

Con

stan

t

0.80

0.60

0.40

0.20

0.001 2 83 4 5 6 7

0.010.08

0.16

0.23

0.30

0.39

0.46

0.74

Conveyor Width

Frictional Load

Equ

ival

ent L

oad

200

150

100

50

2 3 4 6 8 10 12 18 24

36 42 48 60 72 84 96 132 168

36 42 4860

7284

96

132

168

Technical Data

0

Each of the myriad of applications that exist requires certain performancecharacteristics from the conveyor. QC Industries has developed a sizingsystem that condenses all of these parameters into a common factor, namelyequivalent load.

A conveyor application that is carrying a 5-pound load, for example, demandsthe conveyor to carry more than 5 pounds. As such, we have developedcertain factors to add to the load that the conveyor needs to carry.

Follow the five steps below to determine the equivalent load your applicationrequires. The result will then be used to help choose the gearmotorarrangement that will provide the correct torque.

Write down the equivalent load on your application assistance form (pages116-117). The equivalent load will be needed to properly size a gearmotorfor the conveyor. (See pages 30-37)

Next, proceed to the next page to construct the conveyor part number.

1. Nominal Load

Equivalent Load (lbs) SUM (1-5)

Enter the total load in pounds the conveyor must carry. For example, (12)metal parts weighing 10 pounds each would have a total nominal load of 120lbs. Use Figure 18-A to cross-reference the width conveyor you desire with thenominal load you need to carry (to ensure it can carry the load). Each conveyorwidth listed shows a total load carrying capacity for both drive pushing and drivepulling applications. Enter nominal load (in pounds) on Line One.

To achieve magnetic pull, there are rows of magnets down the length of the conveyor.The maximum number of rows can be determined by dividing the conveyor width bytwo (not to exceed eight rows). Choose the number of magnet rows and then multiplythe load by the factor from Figure 18-B. Enter result on Line Two.

Some applications require an incline or decline. If the application does notrequire an incline or decline, enter zero on Line Three. For inclining ordeclining applications, choose a factor from Figure 18-C based upon theangle of incline then multiply that factor by the total nominal load from LineOne. Enter result on Line Three.

If the application does not call for side rails with seals to prevent smallparts from getting under the rail, enter zero on Line Four. Otherwise,multiply the conveyor length in feet by 5. The side rails can be found onpage 22. Example: 96" long conveyor with side seals would have a factorof 40 (8 x 5). Enter result on Line Four.

**Verify Load Capacity:After adding lines one through four together, please referenceFigure 18-A to ensure that the conveyor width you desire willcarry the sum of Lines One through Four. If the sum is greaterthan the load capacity listed for the width you have chosen,please choose a wider conveyor or consult factory.

All conveyors have a certain amount of friction that must be added to thenominal load. To determine how much additional load must be factored in,add 4 to the conveyor width in inches, then multiply by 6, or simply choosethe value from Figure 18-D. Enter result on Line Five.

lbs.

1.

2. Magnetic Factor 2.

3. Incline/Decline [Factor] x [Load] = 3.

4. Side Seals 4.

5. Conveyor Friction 5.

Number of Magnet Rows

Incline/Decline Load Factors - Figure 18-C

Equ

ival

nt L

oad

Con

stan

t

AngleFactor

3.0

2.5

2.0

1.5

1.0

0.5

0.0

00.0 0.3 0.6 0.8 1.1 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.1 2.3 2.5 2.6 2.8 2.9 3.0 3.1

5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75

0.0

0.30.6

0.81.1

1.41.6

1.82.1

2.32.5

2.62.8

2.9 3.0 3.1

Magnetic Load Factors - Figure 18-B

Load Carrying Capacity - Figure 14-A500450400350300250200150100

50

0 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 18 24

2550 37.5

75 7550100

150100

150125

200

250300

450

175

87.5

225Lbs.

Above load carrying capacities are for both drive pushing and pulling applications.Note: for drive pushing applications, decrease load capacity of conveyor by 1/2.

Pulling (Drive Location A&B) Pushing (Drive Location C&D)Belt Width

STOPSTOP

Note: See page 19

Page 19: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000 19

Step 4

Choose three-digit belt ordering code on page 20 and 21.

Step 1

Step 2

Step 3

1 = 125 E = End Drive M = Magnetic H = Straight Frame

Widths Lengths*

2”

02

3” 4” 6” 8” 10” 12” 18” 24”

03 04 06 08 10 12 18 24

24”

024

36” 48” 60” 72” 96” 120” 144”

036 048 060 072 096 120 144

*Contact factory for special lengths

Frame Frame StyleConstructionDrive TypeSeries

How to Order

Step 5

Please send the part to be conveyed to our Sales Department to evaluate for proper magneticarrangement. Ceramic magnets are positioned in a stainless steel frame according to each application.This permits a wide variety of magnetic field strengths and location options. Our application specialistswill complete the part number for you. Below is an illustration of how we document the magnet spacing.

- - -1 E M H

SeriesD

rive TypeC

onstructionFram

eFram

e StyleW

idthW

idth

LengthLengthLength

Drive LocationD

rive PulleyTail Pulley

Belt

Belt

Belt

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4

-E

4 Row Spacing

Distance from tail before magnetic field begins2Number of magnet sections from tail3

E = 1.81” Stainless Steel

6” Section from Tail

6” Sections on Row

Row

Spacing

Step 5

Consult factory

As standard, we assemble theconveyor, track the pre-tensioned beltand quality check every conveyorbefore we ship to the customer.Accessories such as Drives, Stands,Mounts, and Guides are packagedseparately and are shippedunassembled with the conveyor toprevent damage during shipment.Complete assembly can be providedupon request; please contact ourfactory for details.

Num

ber of rows

Numberof rows

1

See Step 5below

Drive Location Drive Pulley Type Tail Pulley TypeD

BA

C 1/2” Dia*Cap

Solid Output Shaft

1/2” HexThru

Hex Input

S

H

D1/2” Dia*1/2” Dia*

Dual Output

QStandard

DDetectable

A&B are drive pullingC&D are drive pushing

Standa

rd

Standa

rd

Option

see p

g.42

Option

see p

g.41

Option

see p

g.41

* 1/8” sq. key included

Note: proceed to page 22 tocontinue sizing your conveyor...

Page 20: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000

125 Series Conveyors

20

High Friction BeltsA. Grey Diamond Top High AdhesionB. Green High Tack PVCC. Beige FDA High AdhesionD. Black Lateral Grooved High AdhesionE. Black Rough Top High Adhesion Accumulation Belts (Low Friction)A. White FDA Fabric AccumulatorC. Black Tight Weave AccumulatorD. Grey Textured Urethane AccumulatorE. Green FDA Fabric Accumulator

Heat-Resistant BeltsA. White Silicone Heat ResistorB. White Silicone Translucent ResistorC. Smooth White FDA Silicone Heat ResistorD. Blue Nitrile Heat ResistorE. White Nitrile Heat Resistor Cut Resistant BeltsA. Yellow Cut ResistorB. Standard UrethaneC. Black Dimple Top Cut ResistorD. Rugged Poly Cut Resistor

FDA BeltsA. Standard UrethaneB. Sealed Edge Standard UrethaneC. Pure White FDAD. Woven White FDAE. White FDA Urethane High AdhesionStatic Conductive BeltsA. Textured Carbon ImpregnatedB. Accumulation Static ConductiveC. Low Friction Static ConductiveD. Structured Static ConductiveTranslucent Belts

A. Green Translucent AccumulatorB. FDA Fabric Translucent AccumulatorC. Silicone Translucent Accumulator

Non-Marking BeltsA. Felt Topped Product ProtectorB. Fabric Topped Product ProtectorC. Cotton Topped Product ProtectorD. Black Elastomer Product Protector

Color Contrasting BeltsA. Gray Textured ContrasterB. Smooth Green Urethane ContrasterC. Dark Green PVC ContrasterD. Light Blue Urethane ContrasterE. Smooth Black PVC Contraster

Release Properties BeltsA. Beige Silicone Product ReleaseB. White PVC Product ReleaseC. Textured Silicone Product ReleaseD. Smooth Habilene Product ReleaseE. Smooth Silicone Product ReleaseSpecialty/Profile BeltsA. Green Sawtooth Profile BeltB. White Grooved RubberC. Stipple Top PVC ProfileD. Negative Pyramid ProfileE. Green Longitudinal PVC Profile BeltChemical Resistant BeltsDue to the broad spectrum of chemicals and percentages of chemical mixtures, QC Industries offers belt selection assistance in chemical application circumstances. Ourapplication specialists will help determine which belt is best suited to withstand the chemicals present as well as the entire scope of the application parameters. This approachdelivers the best possible product for the application.

FAAFABFACFADFAF

AAAAACAADAAE

HAAHABHACHADHAE

IAAIABIACIAD

EAAEABEACEAD

UAAUABUACUADUAE

TAATABTAC

PAAPABPACPADPAE

NAANABNACNAD

RAARABRACRADRAE

SAASABSACSADSAE

SnakeskinMatte

SmoothLongitudinal Groove

Rough Top

FabricFabric

TexturedFabric

Fine TextureFabric

SmoothCoarse Structure

Smooth

SmoothSmooth

Dimple TopStructured

SmoothSmooth, Sealed Edge

MatteSmoothSmooth

TexturedRough Texture

SmoothStructured

TexturedFabric

Textured

TexturedSmoothMatteMatte

Smooth

SmoothMatte, SmoothFine Texture

SmoothTextured

SawtoothLateral Groove

Stipple TopTextured

Longitudinal Groove

FeltFabricFabricFelt

PVCPVC SoftSilicone

PVCPVC

UrethaneUrethane ImpregnatedUrethane ImpregnatedUrethane Impregnated

SiliconeSilicone Impregnated

SiliconeNitrile RubberNitrile Rubber

UrethaneUrethane

Hard UrethaneNitrile Rubber

UrethaneUrethaneUrethane

Urethane ImpregnatedUrethane

Urethane ImpregnatedNitrile Rubber

UrethaneNBR Impregnated Fleece

Impregnated PUUrethane Impregnated

Silicone

PVCUrethane

PVCUrethane

PVC

FeltSpun Polyester

CottonPolyester

SiliconeNon-Stick PVC

SiliconeHabileneSilicone

PVCNitrile Rubber

PVCUrethane

PVC

Light GreyDark Green

BeigeBlackBlack

WhiteBlack

Light GreyDark Green

WhiteWhiteWhiteBlueWhite

YellowWhiteBlackBlack

WhiteWhiteWhite

TranslucentWhite

GreyGreen

Dark GreenLight Blue

Black

BlackBlackBlackBlack

Light GreenTranslucentTranslucent

BeigeWhiteWhiteWhiteWhite

GreenWhiteWhiteWhiteGreen

WhiteWhite

Natural WhiteBlack

NONOYESNONO

HIGHHIGHHIGHHIGHHIGH

212212212194212

176176176158176

NOYESYESYESYES

0.1030.1450.0720.0830.185

YESNONOYES

NONOYESNONO

NOYESNONO

YESYESYESYESYES

NONONONO

YESYESYES

NOYESNOYESNO

YESYESYESNO

YESYESNOYESYES

NOYESYESYESNO

VERY LOWVERY LOWVERY LOWVERY LOW

MEDLOWMEDMEDMED

LOWLOWHIGHMED

LOWLOWLOWMEDHIGH

MEDHIGHLOWMED

VERY LOWVERY LOWVERY LOW

MEDLOWMEDMEDMED

MEDMEDMEDMED

HIGHLOWMEDMEDLOW

HIGHHIGHMEDMEDHIGH

212248140175

356356400300300

230212248176

212212230248176

212212158176

175248176

158176212212212

175175175302

212225212212175

212194356176176

176212140175

356356350212212

194176212176

176176194212176

176212158176

175212176

158176176176176

176158356176176

176225176176175

175175175248

YESNOYESYES

YESYESNOYESYES

YESYESYESYES

0.0540.0510.0600.054

0.0590.0510.0850.0790.067

0.0600.0750.0830.100

YESYESYESYESYES

NONONO

YESYESYESYESNO

NONONOYES

YESYESYESYESNO

YESNONOYESYES

0.0750.0750.0610.0470.050

0.0630.0800.0400.100

0.0230.0240.040

0.0600.0500.0750.0630.071

0.0700.0670.0720.098

0.0720.0590.0590.0900.040

0.1770.2100.1060.0780.175

Top

Surfa

ce D

escr

iptio

n

Top

Surfa

ce M

ater

ial

Belt

Colo

r

FDA

Tops

ide

Coef

ficie

ntof

Fric

tion

(CoF

)Sh

ort T

erm

Par

tM

ax T

empe

ratu

re (

°F)

Max

. Am

bien

t Ope

ratin

g

Tem

pera

ture

(°F)

Anti-

Stat

icAv

erag

e Be

lt Th

ickn

ess

(inch

es)

Belt

Orde

ring

Code

Belt Selection Guide

Multi-Purpose BeltsA. Standard UrethaneB. Option #1-Sealed Edge Standard UrethaneC. Option #2-Spill Edge CleatD. Option #3-Perforated Belt

MAAMABMACMAD

SmoothSmooth, Sealed Edge

Longitudinal Serrated CleatSmooth, Perforations

UrethaneUrethaneUrethaneUrethane

WhiteWhiteWhiteWhite

YESYESYESYES

LOWLOWLOWLOW

212212212212

176176176176

YESYESYESYES

0.0750.0750.0750.075

Specifications subject to change - consult factory

eeee

104

104

105

105

Page 21: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000 21

QC Industries offers conveyor belting for awide variety of applications and industries.These pages cover a number of the morepopular belts we have provided through theyears. These belts have all been tested at QCIndustries and offer a compatible fit to the 125Series conveyors. If you have a specific needthat is not covered on these pages, please

contact one of our sales engineers directly atthe factory to discuss your applicationparameters.

To Order With Conveyor:Please use the three-digit QC belt codenumber for conveyor ordering on pages 11,15, and 19.

Chemical Resistant BeltsDue to the wide variety of chemical and percentages of chemical mixtures, QC Industries offers belt selection assistance in these application circumstances. Our applicationspecialists will help determine which belt is best suited to withstand not only the chemicals present, but the entire scope of the application parameters. This approachdelivers the best possible product for the application.

To Order Belt Only:Choose nominal conveyor width and length ininches and enter the three-digit belt code.

1E - WW - LLL -

Example: 1E-08-120-MAAStandard urethane belt for an 8” wide by 120”long 125 Series conveyor

Multi-Purpose Belts

High-Friction Belts

Accumulation Belts (Low Friction)

Cut-Resistant Belts

Heat-Resistant Belts

FDA/USDA Belts

Static Conductive Belts

Translucent Belts

Color Contrasting Belts

Non-Marking Belts

Release Properties Belts

Specialty/Profile Belts

MAB

FAA

FAB

FAC

FAD

FAF

AAAAAC

AAD

HAA

IAA IAB IACIAD

UAA

EAA

UAB

EABEAC

UACUAD

UAE

EAD

TAA

TAB

TAC

PAAPAB

PACPAD

PAE

NAANAB

NACNAD

RAARAB

RACRAD

RAE

SAASAB

SACSAD

SAE

HABHAC

MAA

QUICK SHIP! MADMAC

AAE

HADHAE

Page 22: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000

125 Series Side Rails & Guide Rails

22

Fixed Side Rails

Note 1: W = nominal belt width in inches * Dimension reflects use of standard urethane belt (MAA) see page 20Note 2: All rails are sold in sets ** Side seals are not intended for cleated belts, high friction belts, or belt speeds exceeding 30 FPMNote 3: Side rails start 1 11/16” from tail end and stop 3 1/2” from drive end

125-0169 pictured

.46 *

2.35

W - .19

W + 1.06

Aluminum extruded 1/3” high sideswith wear strip

2.22

.33 *

W + 1.06

W - .61

Aluminum extruded 1/3” high sideswith seals**

W + 1.06

W + .06

2.22

.33 *

Aluminum extruded 1/3” high sides1/3” Side Rails

To Order:Fill in the last three digits of the partnumber with the nominal conveyorlength in inches.Ex. 125-0153-048

To Order:Fill in the last three digits of the partnumber with the nominal conveyorlength in inches.Ex. 125-0169-096

To Order:Fill in the last three digits of the partnumber with the nominal conveyorlength in inches.Ex. 125-0170-024

Part No. 125-0169-Part No. 125-0153-

Part No. 125-0170-

125-0178 pictured

W + 1.19

W - .19

1.03 * .88

2.912.03

Aluminum extruded 1” high sideswith wear strip

W + .06

W + 1.19

.93 *.78

2.81

W - .61

2.03

Aluminum extruded 1” high sideswith seals**

W + .06

W + 1.19

.93 * .78

2.812.03

Aluminum extruded 1” high sides1” Side Rails

To Order:Fill in the last three digits of the partnumber with the nominal conveyorlength in inches.Ex. 125-0174-048

To Order:Fill in the last three digits of the partnumber with the nominal conveyorlength in inches.Ex. 125-0177-024

To Order:Fill in the last three digits of the partnumber with the nominal conveyorlength in inches.Ex. 125-0178-096

Part No. 125-0177-Part No. 125-0174-

Part No. 125-0178-

125-0215 pictured

2.03

1.90

W + 1.19

2.05 *

3.93

W - .18

Aluminum extruded 2” high sideswith wear strip

W + .06

1.93 * 1.78

3.81

W + 1.19

2.03

W - .61

Aluminum extruded 2” high sideswith seals**

W + .06

W + 1.19

1.93 * 1.78

3.81

2.03

Aluminum extruded 2” high sides2” Side Rails

To Order:Fill in the last three digits of the partnumber with the nominal conveyorlength in inches.Ex. 125-0215-024

To Order:Fill in the last three digits of the partnumber with the nominal conveyorlength in inches.Ex. 125-0217-036

To Order:Fill in the last three digits of the partnumber with the nominal conveyorlength in inches.Ex. 125-0216-060

Part No. 125-0217-Part No. 125-0215-

Part No. 125-0216-

Custom fixed and flared side rails are available. For heights, consult factory

Page 23: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000 23

Adjustable Guide Rails

2” High 2-Axis Adjustable GuidesW + 9.12 MAX

W + 2.81

4.34

3.00ADJ.

W - .25 MAX.

3.25 MAX. *1.99 MIN. *

W + 2.81

W + 9.12 MAX.

W - .10 MAX.3.00

ADJ.

2.50 MAX. *1.13 MIN. *

1” High 2-Axis Adjustable GuidesPart No. 125-0281-

W + 2.81

W + 9.12 MAX.

4.34

W -.38 MAX.3.00

ADJ.

5.25 MAX. *3.00 MIN. *

3” High 2-Axis Adjustable Guides

W + 1.42

W - 1.21

3.281.62 MAX. *1.03 MIN. *

1” High Indented Guide AssemblyPart No. 125-0219-

3.94

W + 1.57

W - 1.21

2.40 MAX. *2.13 MIN. *

2” High Indented Guide AssemblyPart No. 125-0218-

4.92

3.03 *

W + 1.57

W - 1.31

3” High Indented Guide AssemblyPart No. 125-0222-

2-Axis Adjustable Guides125-0281-048-T pictured

Indented Guides125-0219 pictured

To Order:Fill in the last three digits of part number with the nominallength of the conveyor. Choose a set screw adjustment or athumb wheel adjustment mechanism by indicating (S) for setscrew and (T) for thumb wheel at the end of the part number.

Example 125-0281-120 -T1” adjustable guide rail with wear strip and thumb wheeladjustment for a 120” long conveyor.

The 2-Axis Adjustable Guides are designed to guide theproduct being conveyed. The rails can adjust vertically andhorizontally, offering the end user the ultimate in flexibility.Choose from a set screw or thumb wheel adjustment. Thethumb wheel is shown in the above picture and is ideal forquick adjustments, because no tools are required.

To Order:Fill in the last three digits of part number with the nominalconveyor length in inches.

Example 125-0219-1201” adjustable guide rail with wear strip for a 120” longconveyor.

The Indented Guides are designed to work with cleated belts.Each cleated belt is indented slightly (see page 15). TheIndented Guide spans the indentation, providing a pocketwhich surrounds the product being conveyed.

- Part No. 125-0282- -

Part No. 125-0283- -

*Dimension reflects use of MAA belt. See pages 20-21.

Page 24: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

125 Series Side Rails & Guide Rails

Product Containment Accessories

Hinged Side Extenders

W + 3.25 MAX. W + 1.50 MIN.

W - .61

.33 *

W + 1.56

3.86 MAX. 3.29 MIN.

Hinged Side ExtendersFor part number see below

To Order:

Hinged Side Extenders bolt directly ontothe frame of the conveyor, and can beused in conjunction with 1/3” side rails.Only available in 24” and 36” lengths.

36” Long Part No. 125-1003-03624” Long Part No. 125-1003-024

Lane Dividers Lane DividersFor part number see below

LANES

RAILS

RAIL CLEARANCE 2" OR 3"

QC Industries 513.753.6000

To Order:LD

Conveyor Length (in inches)

Conveyor Width (in inches)

# of Rails (1, 2, 3 etc)

Rail Clearance Height (2” or 3”)

# of Lanes (2,3,4 etc)Mounting Type (F - Frame or T - Tee slot)

Construction (S - Standard)

S

Single Tee Slot Side Assembly

Tee Slotted Extrusions

Rotate-In Tee Nut

Rotate-In Tee NutPart No. 125-0074-035 (Qty 1)

Part No. 125-0074-035-SET (Qty 4)

10-32 UNF THRU

.19

.86

.25

Single Tee SlotMulti Tee Slot Side Assembly

.73 *

W + 2.68

1.16

W + 1.50

Multi Tee Slot

W + 1.28

1.16

.73 *

To Order:Use part number125-0074-035 (Qty. 1)125-0074-035-SET (Qty. 4)

The Rotate-In Tee Nut is designed to holdlightweight brackets that have a thickness of.148” or under

The Rotate-In Tee Nut can be used with thefollowing rails and bolt on profiles:1” - 125-0174, 125-0177, 125-01782” - 125-0215, 125-0217, 125-0216Tee - 125-0225, 125-0199

Note:The Rotate-In Tee Nut works with the 1” and 2” side rails shown on page 22,as well as the Single Tee Slot and the Multi Tee Slot extrusions shown below.

Part No. 125-0199-Part No. 125-0225-

To Order:Fill in last three digits of part numberwith the nominal conveyor length ininches. Part number includes one setas shown in drawing.

To Order:Fill in last three digits of part numberwith the nominal conveyor length ininches. Part number includes one setas shown in drawing.

ExampleLD-2-08144-12FS2” Lane Divider for 8” wide 144” longconveyor. One rail with two lanesmounted to the conveyor frame

Shown with 1/3” side rail with seal

24

Note:To obtain a longer length of hinged side, pleaseuse combinations of 24” and 36” lengths.However, all length combinations must equal12” less than the nominal conveyor length.

*Dimension reflects use of MAA belt. See pages 20-21.

Page 25: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000

Flared Side Rails are ideal forapplications that require a “drop zone”wider than the width of the conveyor.The rails attach to and require the useof the adjustable guide rails shown atthe top of page 23. Additionally, the usercan add other components (shownbelow) to help guide the product asneeded. Note: Flared Side Rails shouldbe ordered one size smaller than thenominal length of the conveyor.

Flared Side Rails

To Order:

Z-1004-012 12” lengthZ-1004-018 18” lengthZ-1004-024 24” lengthZ-1004-030 30” lengthZ-1004-036 36” lengthZ-1004-042 42” lengthZ-1004-048 48” length

Example:(1) Z-1004-036A set of 36” long flared side rails

The rails are sold in sets and includemounting hardware

Note: Requires Part #125-0282-LLL-S shownon page 23

End Stops are used in conjunction with theFlared Side Rail. Stops are adjustable downthe length of the rail. Note: End stops areavailable for the following width conveyors:8”, 10”, 12”, 18”, and 24”.

To Order:

8” 125-0234-0810” 125-0234-1012” 125-0234-1218” 125-0234-1824” 125-0234-24

Example: (1) 125-0234-10One end stop for a 10” wide conveyorequipped with flared side rails

Note: Designed to be compatible with 1”and 2” cleats. End stops are equippedwith a swing gate to help contain product

Note: Shown with 2-axis adjustable guide(sold separately) Part # 125-0282-LLL-S

The Adjustable Hopper is used inconjunction with the Flared Side Rail. Thehopper is made from (2) end stops, whichare adjustable down the length of the rail.Available for the following widthconveyors: 8”, 10” 12” 18”, and 24”.To Order:Please order a quantity of 2:

8” 125-0234-0810” 125-0234-1012” 125-0234-1218” 125-0234-1824” 125-0234-24Example: (2) 125-0234-10Two end stops for a 10” wide conveyorequipped with flared side rails

Note: Designed to be compatible with 1”and 2” cleats. End stops are equippedwith a swing gate to help contain productNote: Shown with 2-axis adjustable guide

AND Flared Side Rails (both soldseparately) Part # 125-0282-LLL and#Z-1004-LLL

End Stops

W + 4.97 MAX. W - .97 MIN.

W + 10.35 MAX. W + 4.41 MIN.

4.00

45°

2.35 *

L - 5.80 MAX.

L - 4.20 MAX.

L

L .25

5.74 MAX. *4.93 MIN. *

.90

2.90

2.35 *

Flared Side Rails

Adjustable Hopper

25*Dimension reflects use of MAA belt. See pages 20-21.

L = length of flared side rails

L = length of flared side rails

Note: Shown with 2-axis adjustable guideAND Flared Side Rails (both soldseparately) Part # 125-0282-LLL-S,#Z-1004-LLL

Page 26: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000

125 Series Mounts

26

Standard Mounts

To Order:Frame Mounted version attachesdirectly to the conveyor frame. Theframe has mounting holes every 3”.

The Tee Slot mounted versionattaches to 1” side rails, 2” side rails,the single tee slot and the multi teeslot. See page 22 & 24.

Part No. 125-0181-01 (Tee Slot)*Part No. 125-0181-04 (Frame)*Part No. 125-0181-05 (For use withmulti-tier stand)*

Notes:Brackets are universal and can work on either side of the conveyor.Frame mounted brackets can only be used with 1” high or lower cleats.Tee Slot mounted brackets can only be used with 1/2” high or lower cleats.

W + 1.71

W + 1.09 MAX.W + .57 MIN.

1.25.135

W + 1.46

3.06

.34 DIA..22 DIA.

1.32

.88.59

.31

3.50

.38SLOT

1.32

1.15

.41

.13

2.06 *

Universal Raised Side Mount

W + 1.46

W + 1.71

W + 1.09 MAX.W + .57 MIN.

.135

1.25

.22 DIA. .34 DIA.

3.50

.38SLOT

4.81

3.07

.88.59

.31

3.10

1.53

.13 5.28 *

To Order:Frame Mounted version attachesdirectly to the conveyor frame. Theframe has mounting holes every 3”.

The Tee Slot mounted versionattaches to 1” side rails, 2” side rails,the single tee slot and the multi teeslot. See page 22 & 24.

Part No. 125-0182-01 (Tee Slot)*Part No. 125-0182-04 (Frame)*

Notes:Brackets are universal and can work on either side of the conveyor.Universal raised side mounts work with all cleat heights.

Tee Mount

Notes:Brackets are universal and can work on either side of the conveyor.Can also be used at tail end of conveyor in conjunction with drive end mounts(125-0014-00, 125-0013-00, and 125-0015-00).Cannot be used with cleated belts.

To Order:

Attaches directly to the conveyorframe. The frame has mounting holesevery 3”.

Part No. 125-0010-00*

5/16 DIA.THRU HOLE

.135

W + 2.00

W + 1.37

2.04 *

1.56

4.00

3.00

.66

.22 1.00

1.60

Universal Bottom Mount

Notes:Bottom mount can attach conveyor to a horizontal or vertical surface.Cannot be used with high adhesion or cleated belts.

5/16-18SET SCREW

.257 DIA.THRU HOLE

11/32 DIA.

2.89 *

W - 1.50

W + 1.50

W - .75 W + 1.00

.43

.63

1.25 .16 .84

To Order:Attaches directly to the underside ofthe conveyor frame. To order, use thepart number below and fill in thenominal conveyor width in inches forthe last two digits.

Part No. 125-0011-WW *

Universal Adjustable Side Mount

125-0182-04 pictured

*Part No. denotes one bracket andnecessary hardware

*Part No. denotes one bracket andnecessary hardware

*Part No. denotes one bracket andnecessary hardware

*Part No. denotes one bracket andnecessary hardware

Example: 125-0011-04*Universal Bottom mount for a 4” wideconveyor

125-0181-04 pictured

*Dimension reflects use of MAA belt. See pages 20-21.

Page 27: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000 27

Standard Mounts

To Order:This mount uses existing throughholes on the conveyor that arelocated 6.06” from the tail end and8.5” or 14.5” from the drive end,depending on which gearmotorselection is chosen. This will mountthe conveyor to a flat surface. Toorder, use the part number belowand fill in the nominal conveyor widthin inches for the last two digits.

Notes:Mounts cannot be used with Multi Tee or Single Tee Slotted Side Assembly.Mounts cannot be used with cleated belts.

3/8-16CAP SCREW W + 1.00.38

.93 *.63

Self-Aligning Bottom Clamp Mount

Notes:Mounts can only be used with a side or remote drive.Mounts cannot be used with cleated belts.

BRACKET BY CUSTOMER3/8 MAX. THICKNESS

3.38

1.34 2.75 2.70 MAX.

.94 .63 W + 1.75

Self-Aligning Top Clamp Mount

Notes:Mounts can only be used with a side or remote drive.Mounts cannot be used with cleated belts.

BRACKET BY CUSTOMER3/8 MAX. THICKNESS

3.38

1.34 2.75 2.70 MAX.

.94 .63 W + 1.75

Rod Clamp Mount

Drive End Mount9/32 DIA. THRU

3.381.00

2.001.34

2.061.41

W + 1.75.63

W + 1.13

Notes:Mounts can only be used with a side or remote drive.Mounts cannot be used with cleated belts.

5/16-18CAP SCREW

W + 1.75

.93 *.63

Standard method formounting to stands(fasteners included)

Alternate method formounting (fasteners not included) Part No. 125-0116-WW*

Example: 125-0116-06*Rod Clamp Mount for 6”wider conveyor

To Order:These mounts are primarily intended toprovide precise alignment when mounted toa common flat surface, or for multipleconveyors utilizing a common drive shaft.See gang drive page 41.

*This mount replaces either right hand orleft hand mount and allows mounting of aside drive.

To Order:For applications where rapid alignmentand rigid mounting of conveyors isrequired. These clamp mounts providean economical and practical approach torapid bolster mounting of gang drivenconveyors. See gang drives pg. 41.

*This mount replaces either right hand or lefthand mount and allows mounting of a side drive.

To Order:For applications where rapid alignmentand rigid mounting of conveyors isrequired. These clamp mounts areideal for quick die change systemssince the conveyors can be installedinto the dies prior to being inserted intothe press. See gang drives pg. 41.

TYPE PART NO.

LEFT HANDRIGHT HANDUNIVERSAL*

125-0102-TL125-0103-TR125-0117-TU

*This mount replaces either right hand or lefthand mount and allows mounting of a side drive.

TYPE PART NO.

LEFT HANDRIGHT HANDUNIVERSAL*

125-0103-BL125-0102-BR125-0117-BU

TYPE PART NO.

LEFT HANDRIGHT HANDUNIVERSAL*

125-0014-00125-0013-00125-0015-00

*Part No. denotes one bracket andnecessary hardware

*Dimension reflects use of MAA belt. See pages 20-21.

Page 28: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000

125 Series Stands

28

Stand Widths - WW (in inches)

NOTE: There is a 3” overall height adjustment with feet

WW

H1 - H2

H1 - H2

WW

WW

H1- H2

48”

WW

H1- H2

H1 - H2(in inches)

27 - 3033 - 3639 - 4245 - 4851 - 5457 - 60

12 18 24 30 36

0187 H1

- - -

H2 WW

1) Choose height range from left and enter into H1 & H2 sections.2) Choose stand width (WW) and enter into WW section.

NOTE: Conveyor will add 1.89” to top of belt height

NOTE: Adjustable side mounts are required to attach theconveyors to the stand. Use Part No. 125-0181-05

NOTE: *Stand width must be at least 4” greater than the width ofthe top tier conveyor and/or at least 8” greater than the width ofthe bottom tier conveyor

NOTE: Bottom conveyors can be adjusted within 5” from the floorto within 8” of the top conveyor

Widths - WW* (in inches)

NOTE: All applications will require the end user to properly lag stands and ensure stability. Because every application and installation is different, thefunctionality and performance of the supports depend on the end user. QC Industries can aid in determining the supports your application requires.

To order:

Part No.

Aluminum Multiple Conveyor Stands

0186 H1

- - -

H2 WW

1) Choose height range from left and enter into H1 & H2 sections.Remember that the conveyor profile adds 1.89” to the height.

2) Enter top plate width into WW section.

NOTE: Must use Rod Clamp Mount 125-0016-WW (See page27) to attach the conveyor to the stand.

NOTE: 8” wide top plate will accept up to a 6” wide conveyor14” wide top plate will accept up to a 12” wide conveyor21” wide top plate will accept up to an 18” wide conveyor27” wide top plate will accept up to a 24” wide conveyor

To order:

Part No.

Steel Stands with Stabilizers

1) Choose height range from left and enter into H1 & H2 sections.Remember that the conveyor profile adds 1.89” to the height.

2) Enter top plate width into WW section.

NOTE: Mounts are required to attach the conveyor to the stand.See mount pages 26 & 27 for details

NOTE: 8” wide top plate will accept up to a 6” wide conveyor14” wide top plate will accept up to a 12” wide conveyor21” wide top plate will accept up to an 18” wide conveyor27” wide top plate will accept up to a 24” wide conveyor

Stand Height Range: H1- H2 (in inches)

16 - 2423 - 3635 - 4847 - 60

Top Plate Widths - WW (in inches)

08 14 21 27

H1 - H2

0184 H1

- - -

H2 WWTo order:Part No.

Steel Telescoping Conveyor Stands

Stand Height Range: H1- H2 (in inches)

Stand Widths-WW (nominal conveyor width in inches)

06 - 0909 - 1212 - 1515 - 1818 - 2121 - 2424 - 2727 - 3030 - 33

33 - 3636 - 3939 - 4242 - 4545 - 4848 - 5151 - 5454 - 5757 - 60

02 03 04 06 08 10 12 18 24

H1 - H2H1 - H20182

H1- - -

H2 WW

1) Choose height range from left and enter into H1 & H2 sections.Remember that the conveyor profile adds 1.89” to the height.

2) Enter conveyor width into WW section.

NOTE: No additional mounts are required.

NOTE: Conveyors 4” wide and under will have the standframework on the outside of the conveyor; and the minimumheight range is 12 - 15 inches

To order:

Part No.

Aluminum Exact Width Conveyor Stands

Example: 0182 - 30 - 33 - 24 (Part No. includes one stand)

Example: 0184 - 16 - 24 - 14 (Part No. includes one stand)

Example: 0186 - 16 - 24 - 21 (Part No. includes one stand)

Example: 0187 - 33 - 36 - 12 (Part No. includes one stand)

Note: Max conveyor length is 60”

08 14 21 27

Top Plate Widths - WW (in inches)

Stand Height Range: H1- H2 (in inches)

18 - 2625 - 3837 - 5049 - 62

H1 - H2

Page 29: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000 29

Part No.125-0189-00

Part No.125 - 0235 -

Cross Ties - Available Lengths LLL

LLL

For use with aluminum stands only.Angle brace can be used on a 125 Series conveyor with a minimum top of belt heightof 28”. The angle brace is designed for conveyors 5’ or longer. When used withcasters, angle braces must be used on both stands. Part number denotes a set;order (1) per stand.

Enter length of cross ties needed into the “LLL” sectionabove. A quantity of one includes (2) cross ties.Note: Cross ties require customer to cut to lengthbecause of stand placement variations.

To order:

024036048060072096120144

Part No.125 - 0236 -

Cross Ties - Available Lengths LLL

Enter length of cross ties needed into the “LLL” sectionabove. A quantity of one includes (2) cross ties.

Note: Cross ties require customer to cut to lengthbecause of stand placement variations.

To order:

To order:

NOTE: All applications will require the end user to properly lag stands and ensure stability. Because every application and installation is different, thefunctionality and performance of the supports depend on the end user. QC Industries can aid in determining the supports your application requires.

Part No. 125-0122-04Swivel locking casterOrder (2) per standCasters can be added toeither aluminum or steelstands. Swivel locking castersincrease stand height by5.50”.Casters should only be usedwith stands that are 1/3 aswide as they are tall.

To order:

Casters

Part No.125-0074-036 (Qty 1)125-0074-036-SET (Qty 4)The Swivel-In Tee Nut is idealfor mounting brackets to analuminum stand, and allowsquick mounting locationchanges.1/4 - 20 thread in Tee-Nut isprovided for attaching accessories

To order:

Swivel-In Tee Nut

Angle Brace

Aluminum Cross Ties

Steel Cross Ties

Example: 125-0236-036

Example: 125-0235-120

Inches24”36”48”60”72”96”

120”144”

LLL024036048060072096120144

Inches24”36”48”60”72”96”

120”144”

Page 30: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000

125 Series Drives

30

Service Factor - Chart 30-A

Serv

ice

Fact

or

5 10 7020 30 40 50 60

Drive Sizing Technical Data

The equivalent load was determined in the conveyor technical data pages (pages 10, 14, and 18). To choose a gear motor combination thatworks best for the application, the next step is to convert that equivalent load into the torque required and size a drive based upon its use. Theuser must know the belt speed (in feet per minute) and service factor (determined below). The steps below guide the user through this process.These steps will utimately compare the torque required to move the load on the conveyor (Required Conveyor Drive Torque) and the torque thedrive train is capable of producing (Supplied Drive Train Torque).

1. Calculate Required Conveyor Drive Torque (RCDT)

Enter the equivalent load the drive must handle (from pages 10, 14, or 18). Divide this numberby 6. The result equals the torque required for the application, or the required conveyor drive torque (RCDT). EnterRCDT on Line One.

Choose the belt speed from one of the following pages (33 or 37), and write down the drive train torque (DTT)for the selected speed. Please note that if you are choosing a top or bottom drive, you may use either a timingbelt or a chain. For heavy duty drives (listed on page 37), the drive train torque is lower if using a timing belt.Enter the drive train torque on Line Two.

Select a service class: Class I - Moderate loads with chain and sprocket or direct driveClass II - Moderate loads with timing belt and pulley

Now select the service factor (SF) from Chart 30-A below based upon hours of operation per day and number ofstarts and stops per hour. Enter the result on Line Three.

Divide the drive train torque (DTT) from #2 by the service factor (SF) from #3. This result equals the supplieddrive train torque (SDTT). Enter the result on Line Four.

Compare Line 4 (the supplied drive train torque[SDTT]) to Line 1 (the required conveyor drive torque[RCDT]). If the SDTT is equal to or greater than RCDT,then you have selected the proper drive. SDTT >RCDT. If not, then:

A) Slow down the belt speedB) Choose a wider conveyorC) Consult factory

Proceed to the next page for instructions on how touse the remaining drive pages.

1.

2. Select Belt Speed & Enter Drive Train Torque (DTT) 2.

3. Select Service Class and Enter Service Factor (SF) 3.

4. Calculate Supplied Drive Train Torque (SDTT) 4.

5. Determine Functionality

Starts and Stops per Hour

Service Class (I or II)

Hours of Operation per Day

2.0

1.9

1.8

1.7

1.6

1.5

1.4

1.6

1.5

1.4

1.3

1.2

1.1

1.080 90 100

24 16 8 2

Example:

Equivalent load = 100 (per conveyor technical data page)100 / 6 = 17 (RCDT)30 FPM (From page 33 - standard duty top drive - fixed speed)33 inch lbs. of torque (DTT)Class II (using timing belt on a top drive)8 hours per day with no starts and stops (Service Factor is 1.5)33 / 1.5 = 22 inch lbs. (SDTT)

RCDT = 17SDTT = 22

20 17 (Gearmotor assembly will provide adequate torque)

Example:

Equivalent load = 300 (per conveyor technical data page)300 / 6 = 50.0 (RCDT)50 FPM (From page 37 - heavy duty bottom drive - fixed speed)87 inch lbs. of torque (DTT)Class II (using timing belt on a bottom drive)16 hours per day with (10) starts and stops (Service Factor is 1.7)87 / 1.7 = 51.1 inch lbs. (SDTT)

RCDT = 50.0SDTT = 51.1

51.1 50.0 (Gearmotor assembly will provide adequate torque)

2.3

2.2

2.1

2.0

1.9

1.8

1.7

1.8

1.7

1.6

1.5

1.4

1.3

1.2

Class I

Class II

Page 31: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000 31

How to Use the Following Pages

The following pages contain information on types and locations of available QC drives, presented in a clear, concise manner.Simply follow the two-page spread from left to right, and note the steps listed here.

Drawings Voltage

Speed Mounting Voltage

Horsepower

Drive locations Sizing information

Gear Reducer

Sprocket/Timing PulleyCombinations

QC Industries 513.753.6000

Standard Duty Electric

Motor Part NumberExample: 051-025

See Drive Accessory Page for optional cords, switches,and plugs

1. Speeds can be reduced to 1/10 of their stated speed and provides 88 inch lbs. of torque by using a decimal reducer (Part No. 125-0205-10x)2. Above gearmotors are not UL, CSA, or CE approved3. Torque values are based upon start-up torque

*See Drive Location Chart

Sizing Information

FPM

4.5

10

18

21

30

43

Torque (DTT)Inch Lbs.

88

76

50

41

33

23

Prefix

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

Mounting

S or R

S or R

S or R

S or R

S or R

S or R

Mounting Part Number

Position*

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

Suffix

SE-

SE-

SE-

SE-

SE-

SE-

Example: M1-S3SE

Voltage

1-

1-

1-

1-

1-

1-

Prefix

05

05

05

05

05

05

Ratio

120

050

030

025

018

012

HP

1/19

1/19

1/19

1/19

1/19

1/19

Motor Information*

AMP

0.9

0.9

0.9

0.9

0.9

0.9

*A

6.47

6.47

6.47

6.47

5.89

5.89

Motor Part NumberExample: 05V-018

*See Drive Location Chart

Sizing Information

FPM*

2.5 - 5.0

6.0 - 12.0

10 - 20

12 - 24

17 - 34

24.5 - 49

Torque (DTT)inch Lbs.

77

40

27

22

17

12

Prefix

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

Mounting

S or R

S or R

S or R

S or R

S or R

S or R

Mounting Part Number

Position*

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

Suffix

SE-

SE-

SE-

SE-

SE-

SE-

Example: M1-R1SE

Voltage

V

V

V

V

V

V

Prefix

16

16

16

25

25

33

Ratio

50

40

30

20

15

10

HP

1/19

1/19

1/19

1/19

1/19

1/19

Motor Information

AMP

1

1

1

1

1

1

A*

7.16

7.16

7.16

7.16

7.16

7.16

Motor Part No. Example:051-120 (115v 1PH [email protected] FPM)

Mounting Part Number Example:M1-S1SE (Side Drive Mounting)

Variable Speed

*A fromdrawing

33

125 Series

Voltage

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

*Speeds Vary +/- 4 FPM

*Speeds Vary +/- 4 FPM *A fromdrawing

Voltage

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

*See Drive Location Chart

Sizing Information

4.5

11

18

22

30

44

88 (belt)88(chain)76 (belt)76 (chain)50 (belt)50 (chain)41 (belt)41 (chain)33 (belt)33 (chain)23 (belt)23 (chain)

Prefix

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

Mounting

T or B

T or B

T or B

T or B

T or B

T or B

Mounting Part Number

Position*

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

Suffix

SE-

SE-

SE-

SE-

SE-

SE-

Prefix

05

05

05

05

05

05

Motor Information*

AMP

0.9

0.9

0.9

0.9

0.9

0.9

*A

6.47

6.47

6.47

6.47

5.79

5.79

Motor Part No. Example:05V-050 (115v 1PH [email protected] TO 12.0 FPM)

Mounting Part Number Example:M1-T3SE-5M2525 (Top Drive Mounting Pkg w/Timing Belt)

Variable Speed

*A fromdrawing

Voltage

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

*Speeds Vary +/- 4 FPM

Torque (DTT)Inch Lbs.FPM* Belt/Chain

5MCH5MCH5MCH5MCH5MCH5MCH

GMtr/Sprkt251025102510251025102510

Example: M1-T1SE-5M2525Conv. Sprkt

251025102510251025102510

Motor Part NumberExample: 051-025

Voltage

1-

1-

1-

1-

1-

1-

Ratio

120

050

030

025

018

012

HP

1/19

1/19

1/19

1/19

1/19

1/19

*See Drive Location Chart

Sizing Information

2.5 - 5.0

6.0 - 12.0

10 - 20

12 - 24

17 - 34

24.5 - 49

77 (belt)77 (chain)40 (belt)40 (chain)27 (belt)27 (chain)22 (belt)22 (chain)17 (belt)17 (chain)12 (belt)12 (chain)

Prefix

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

Mounting

T or B

T or B

T or B

T or B

T or B

T or B

Mounting Part Number

Position*

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

Suffix

SE-

SE-

SE-

SE-

SE-

SE-

Prefix

05

05

05

05

05

05

Motor Information*

AMP

1

1

1

1

1

1

*A

7.16

7.16

7.16

7.16

6.45

6.45

*A fromdrawing

Voltage

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

*Speeds Vary +/- 4 FPM

Torque (DTT)Inch Lbs.FPM* Belt/Chain

5MCH5MCH5MCH5MCH5MCH5MCH

GMtr/Sprkt251025102510251025102510

Example: M1-B3SE-5M2525Conv. Sprkt

251025102510251025102510

Motor Part NumberExample: 05V-012

Voltage

V-

V-

V-

V-

V-

V-

Ratio

120

050

030

025

018

012

HP

1/19

1/19

1/19

1/19

1/19

1/19

Notes:

Fixed Speed

Fixed Speed

Side or Remote Drive

Top or Bottom Drive

Note:This mounting arrangement allowsfor the drive to be mounted on eitherside of the conveyor with the motorinline with the drive pulley.Reference the drawings to the left fordimensional information. Reference

the tables to the right formounting package andgearmotor orderinginformation. The boximmediately left showsthe possible drivepositions.

3.50

2.50

.50

A

4.00.84

3.54

.38.16

5.57

3.50

.38

5.61

4.004.88

3.50

2.00.75

O .28

4.25

5.57

.27 1.31

1.26 A

3.08 Note:This mounting arrangement allows forthe drive to be mounted away fromthe conveyor and on either side of theconveyor, with the motor inline withthe drive pulley. Reference thedrawings to the left for dimensional

information. Reference thetables to the right formounting package andgearmotor orderinginformation. The boximmediately left shows thepossible drive positions.

Note:This mounting arrangement allowsfor the drive to be mounted abovethe conveyor belt, on either side ofthe conveyor, and with the motorinline with the drive pulley. Referencethe drawings to the left for

dimensional information.Reference the tables to theright for mounting packageand gearmotor orderinginformation. The boximmediately left shows thepossible drive positions.

Drive Location1

31

3

Drive Location1

31

3

Drive Location

1

31

3

Front View Top View

9.50

3.50

3.39

A + .31

1.75

Front View Top View

Front View Top View

Remote Drive

Side Drive

*For “A” dimension, see Motor Information table at right

*For “A” dimension, see Motor Information table at right

*For “A” dimension, see Motor Information table at right

9.50

1.75

A

3.25

.33

3.50

.38

5.61

Note:This mounting arrangement allowsfor the drive to be mounted below theconveyor belt, on either side of theconveyor, and with the motor inlinewith the drive pulley. Reference thedrawings to the left for dimensional

information. Reference thetables to the right formounting package andgearmotor orderinginformation. The boximmediately left shows thepossible drive positions.

Drive Location1

31

3

Front View Top View*For “A” dimension, see Motor Information table at right

Bottom Drive

Top Drive

QC Industries 513.753.6000

125 Series Standard Duty Drives

32

Torque

*See Drive Location Chart

Sizing Information

4.5

11

18

22

30

44

88 (belt)88(chain)76 (belt)76 (chain)50 (belt)50 (chain)41 (belt)41 (chain)33 (belt)33 (chain)23 (belt)23 (chain)

Prefix

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

Mounting

T or B

T or B

T or B

T or B

T or B

T or B

Mounting Part Number

Position*

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

Suffix

SE-

SE-

SE-

SE-

SE-

SE-

Prefix

05

05

05

05

05

05

Motor Information*

AMP

0.9

0.9

0.9

0.9

0.9

0.9

*A

6.47

6.47

6.47

6.47

5.79

5.79

Variable Speed

*A fromdrawing

Voltage

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

*Speeds Vary +/- 4 FPM

Torque (DTT)Inch Lbs.FPM* Belt/Chain

5MCH5MCH5MCH5MCH5MCH5MCH

GMtr/Sprkt251025102510251025102510

Example: M1-T1SE-5M2525Conv. Sprkt

251025102510251025102510

Motor Part NumberExample: 051-025

Voltage

1-

1-

1-

1-

1-

1-

Ratio

120

050

030

025

018

012

HP

1/19

1/19

1/19

1/19

1/19

1/19

Fixed Speed

115VAC 1 PH

230/460 VAC 3 PH

90 VDC w/controller

90 VDC w/o controller

Voltage Key

Step 1:Choose mountingarrangement& location

Step 2:If top or bottom drivemounting arrangement,choose timing belt orchain driveNote: Each speed has tworows. The top row is timingbelt driven, and the bottomrow is chain driven

Step 3:Choose speed

Step 4:Run drive sizingcalculations listed onPage 30

Step 5:Choose voltagerequirements

Step 6:Put together two partnumbers, drivemounting package andgearmotor, by followingfrom left to right

MountingArrangement

Step 2

Step 1

Step 3

Step 4(p. 30)

Step 5

Step 6

1

3

V

D

Page 32: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

Note:This mounting arrangement allowsfor the drive to be mounted on eitherside of the conveyor with the motorinline with the drive pulley.Reference the drawings to the left fordimensional information. Reference

the tables to the right formounting package andgearmotor orderinginformation. The boximmediately left showsthe possible drivepositions.

3.50

2.56

.50

A *

4.00.84

3.54

.38.16

5.57

4.004.88

3.50

2.00.75

.28 DIA.

4.25

5.57

.27 1.31

1.26 A *

3.08Note:This mounting arrangement allows forthe drive to be mounted away fromthe conveyor and on either side of theconveyor, with the motor inline withthe drive pulley. Reference thedrawings to the left for dimensional

information. Reference thetables to the right formounting package andgearmotor orderinginformation. The boximmediately left shows thepossible drive positions.

Note:This mounting arrangement allowsfor the drive to be mounted abovethe conveyor belt, on either side ofthe conveyor, and with the motorinline with the drive pulley. Referencethe drawings to the left for

dimensional information.Reference the tables to theright for mounting packageand gearmotor orderinginformation. The boximmediately left shows thepossible drive positions.

Drive Location1

31

3

Drive Location1

31

3

Drive Location

1

31

3

Front View Top View

A + .31 *

3.50

3.39 **

1.75

9.50 5.61

.38

3.50

Front View Top View

Front View Top View

*For “A” dimension, see Motor Information table on next page

*For “A” dimension, see Motor Information table on next page

*For “A” dimension, see Motor Information table on next page**Dimension reflects use of MAA belt. See pages 20-21

5.61

.38

3.50

1.75

9.50

A + .31 *

3.00

3.50

.33Note:This mounting arrangement allowsfor the drive to be mounted below theconveyor belt, on either side of theconveyor, and with the motor inlinewith the drive pulley. Reference thedrawings to the left for dimensional

information. Reference thetables to the right formounting package andgearmotor orderinginformation. The boximmediately left shows thepossible drive positions.

Drive Location1

31

3

Front View Top View*For “A” dimension, see Motor Information table on next page

Bottom Drive

Top Drive

QC Industries 513.753.6000

125 Series Standard Duty Drives

32

Side Drive

Remote Drive

Page 33: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000

Standard Duty Electric

Motor Part NumberExample: 051-025

See Drive Accessory Page (Page 39) for standard dutycords, switches, and plugs

*See Drive Location Chart

Sizing Information

FPM*

4.5

10

18

21

30

43

Torque (DTT)Inch Lbs.

88

76

50

41

33

23

Prefix

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

Mounting

S or R

S or R

S or R

S or R

S or R

S or R

Mounting Part Number

Position*

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

Suffix

SE

SE

SE

SE

SE

SE

Example: M1-S3SE

Voltage

1-

1-

1-

1-

1-

1-

Prefix

05

05

05

05

05

05

Ratio

120

050

030

025

018

012

HP

1/19

1/19

1/19

1/19

1/19

1/19

Motor Information*

AMP

0.7

0.7

0.7

0.7

0.7

0.7

*A

6.47

6.47

6.47

6.47

5.79

5.79

Motor Part NumberExample: 05V-018

*See Drive Location Chart

Sizing Information

FPM*

2.5 - 5.0

6 - 12

10 - 20

12 - 24

17 - 34

24.5 - 49

Torque (DTT)Inch Lbs.

73

63

42

34

27

19

Prefix

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

Mounting

S or R

S or R

S or R

S or R

S or R

S or R

Mounting Part Number

Position*

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

Suffix

SE

SE

SE

SE

SE

SE

Example: M1-R1SE

Voltage

V-

V-

V-

V-

V-

V-

Prefix

05

05

05

05

05

05

Ratio

120

050

030

025

018

012

HP

1/19

1/19

1/19

1/19

1/19

1/19

Motor Information

AMP

1

1

1

1

1

1

A*

7.16

7.16

7.16

7.16

6.45

6.45

Motor Part No. Example:051-120 (115v 1PH [email protected] FPM)

Mounting Part Number Example:M1-S1SE (Side Drive Mounting)

Variable Speed

*A fromdrawing

33

Voltage

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

*Speeds vary up to +/- 4 FPM

*Speeds vary up to +/- 4 FPM *A fromdrawing

Voltage

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

*See Drive Location Chart

Sizing Information

4.5

11

18

22

30

44

88

76

50

41

33

23

Prefix

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

Mounting

T or B

T or B

T or B

T or B

T or B

T or B

Mounting Part Number

Position*

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

Suffix

SE-

SE-

SE-

SE-

SE-

SE-

Prefix

05

05

05

05

05

05

Motor Information*

AMP

0.7

0.7

0.7

0.7

0.7

0.7

*A

6.47

6.47

6.47

6.47

5.79

5.79

Motor Part No. Example:05V-050 (115v 1PH Gearmotor@6 TO 12 FPM)

Mounting Part Number Example:M1-T3SE-5M2525 (Top Drive Mounting Pkg w/Timing Belt)

Variable Speed

*A fromdrawing

Voltage

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

*Speeds vary up to +/- 4 FPM

Torque (DTT)Inch Lbs.FPM* Belt/Chain

5MCH5MCH5MCH5MCH5MCH5MCH

GMtr/Sprkt251025102510251025102510

Example: M1-T1SE-5M2525Conv. Sprkt

251025102510251025102510

Motor Part NumberExample: 051-025

Voltage

1-

1-

1-

1-

1-

1-

Ratio

120

050

030

025

018

012

HP

1/19

1/19

1/19

1/19

1/19

1/19

*See Drive Location Chart

Sizing Information

2.5 - 5.0

6 - 12

10 - 20

12 - 24

17 - 34

24.5 - 49

73

63

42

34

27

19

Prefix

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

Mounting

T or B

T or B

T or B

T or B

T or B

T or B

Mounting Part Number

Position*

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

Suffix

SE-

SE-

SE-

SE-

SE-

SE-

Prefix

05

05

05

05

05

05

Motor Information*

AMP

1

1

1

1

1

1

*A

7.16

7.16

7.16

7.16

6.45

6.45

*A fromdrawing

Voltage

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

*Speeds vary up to +/- 4 FPM

Torque (DTT)Inch Lbs.FPM* Belt/Chain

5MCH5MCH5MCH5MCH5MCH5MCH

GMtr/Sprkt251025102510251025102510

Example: M1-B3SE-5M2525Conv. Sprkt

251025102510251025102510

Motor Part NumberExample: 05V-012

Voltage

V-

V-

V-

V-

V-

V-

Ratio

120

050

030

025

018

012

HP

1/19

1/19

1/19

1/19

1/19

1/19

Fixed Speed

Fixed Speed

Side or Remote Drive

Top or Bottom Drive

1. Speeds can be reduced to 1/10 of their stated speed and provides 88 inch lbs. of torque by using a decimal reducer (Part No. 125-0205-10x)2. Fixed speed motors are UL, cUL, and CE approved; however, the variable speed motor is not3. Torque values are based upon start-up torque

Notes:

Page 34: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

Note:This arrangement allows for thedrive to be mounted on either sideof the conveyor with the motor inlinewith the drive pulley. Reference thedrawings to the left for dimensionalinformation. Reference the tables to

the right for mountingpackage and gearmotorordering information. Thebox immediately leftshows the possible drivepositions.

.50

.31

.72

2.93

8.59

.38

5.17

3.50

.386.31

4.88

3.50

2.00.75

.28 DIA.

4.252.94

1.31

.50

5.23

5.93

Note:This arrangement allows for the driveto be mounted away from theconveyor and on either side of theconveyor, with the motor inline withthe drive pulley. Reference thedrawings to the left for dimensional

information. Reference thetables to the right formounting package andgearmotor orderinginformation. The boximmediately left shows thepossible drive positions.

Note:This arrangement allows for the driveto be mounted above the conveyorbelt, on either side of the conveyor,and with the motor inline with thedrive pulley. Reference the drawingsto the left for dimensional

information. Reference thetables to the right formounting package andgearmotor orderinginformation. The boximmediately left shows thepossible drive positions.

Drive Location1

31

3

Drive Location1

31

3

Drive Location

1

31

3

Front View Top View

9.50

1.75

2.93 *

5.12

Front View Top View

Front View Top View

Remote Drive

3.50

.38

9.50

.33

2.56

5.12

6.311.75

Note:This arrangement allows for the driveto be mounted below the conveyorbelt, on either side of the conveyor,and with the motor inline with thedrive pulley. Reference the drawingsto the left for dimensional

information. Reference thetables to the right formounting package andgearmotor orderinginformation. The boximmediately left shows thepossible drive positions.

Drive Location1

31

3

Front View Top View

Bottom Drive

125 Series Pneumatic Drives

34

Top Drive

QC Industries 513.753.6000

Side Drive

*Dimension reflects use of MAA belt. See pages 20-21.

Page 35: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

Sizing Information Mounting Part Number Motor Information

*Speeds vary up to +/- 4 FPM *See Drive Location Chart

Mounting Part Number Example:M1-T3SA-CH1010 (Top Drive Mounting Pkg w/Chain)

Motor Part No. Example:30A-015 (4 Vane Reversible Pneumatic Motor)

FPM*

14-144

Torque In. Lbs.See ChartSee Chart

GMtr. Sprkt2510

Belt/Chain5MCH

Suffix

SA-

Position*

1 or 3

Mounting

T or B

Prefix

M1-

Conv Sprkt2510

Motor Part Number

Example: 30A-015

*See Drive Location Chart

Sizing Information

FPM*

14-144Torque In. Lbs.

See Chart Below

Prefix

M1-

Mounting

S or R

Mounting Part Number

Position*

1 or 3Suffix

SA

Example: M1-S3SA

Voltage

A-

Prefix

30Ratio

015

Vane

4

Motor Information

Max PSI

80

Motor Part No. Example:30A-015 4 Vane Reversible Pnuematic Motor

Mounting Part Number Example:M1-S1SATop Drive Mounting Package with Chain

Example: M1-T1SA-5M2525Motor Part No.

Ratio

015

Voltage

A-

Prefix

30

Example: 30A-015

Vane

4

Max PSI

80

QC Industries 513.753.6000 35

*Speeds vary up to +/- 4 FPM

100Torque vs. Speed

80

60

40

20

036 72 108 144

24Air Consumption vs. Speed

20

16

8

4

036 72 108 14400

1/4-18NPT

1/4-18NPT

3.21

3.42

1.59

2.10

0

20

4060

80 100

120

140

1601/4-18 NPT

1/4-18 NPT

2.001.00

.88 HEX

Speed - FPM (Output)

Torq

ue L

bs. I

n.

CFM

(Fre

e A

ir) C

onsu

mpt

ion

Speed - FPM (Output)

80 PSI

60 PSI

40 PSI

20 PSI

80 PSI

12

60 PSI

40 PSI

20 PSI

Side or Remote Drive

Top or Bottom Drive

Pneumatic

Needle ValvePart Number: 125-0034-VLV1The QC Industries Needle Valve acts as a throttlingdevice, and is sized to incrementally control the speedof the Standard Duty Pneumatic Drive

Filter, Regulator, LubricatorPart Number: 125-0034-FRLThe QC Industries Filter, Regulator, and Lubricator hasbeen sized to handle the flow and pressurerequirements of the Standard Duty Pneumatic Drive

Typical Arrangement

1. Motor comes standard with muffler and in-line filter.2. Speed should be controlled on the exhaust of air to preserve maximum torque output and a stable speed control.3. Max speed is 61 FPM @ 80 PSI.4. Both chain and timing belt drives have the same torque rating.

Notes:

Page 36: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

Note:This arrangement allows for thedrive to be mounted on either sideof the conveyor with the motorperpendicular to the drive pulley.Reference the drawings to the left fordimensional information. Reference

the tables to the right formounting package andgearmotor orderinginformation. The boximmediately left showsthe possible drivepositions.

1.34

A *

B DIA.*

3.89.87

4.14

1.77

.48B DIA. *

Top Drive B DIA.*

3.50

.38

1.37

A *9.50

1.75

1.86

5.68 **

B DIA. *

.50 DIA.

3.752.88

A * .44 DIA.

1.12

1.742.75

B DIA. *

2.88

B DIA. *

QC Industries 513.753.6000

125 Series Heavy Duty Drives

36

Note:This arrangement allows for the driveto be mounted away from theconveyor and on either side of theconveyor, with the motorperpendicular to the drive pulley.Reference the drawings to the left for

dimensional information.Reference the tables to theright for mounting packageand gearmotor orderinginformation. The boximmediately left shows thepossible drive positions.

Note:This arrangement allows for the driveto be mounted above the conveyorbelt, on either side of the conveyor,and with the motor perpendicular tothe drive pulley. Reference thedrawings to the left for dimensional

information. Reference thetables to the right formounting package andgearmotor orderinginformation. The boximmediately left shows thepossible drive positions.

Drive Location1-J

3-G1-J

3-G

Drive Location1-J

3-G1-J

3-G

Drive Location

1-G

3-J1-G

3-J

Front View Top View

Front View Top View

Front View Top View

Remote Drive

*For “A” and “B” dimensions, see table at bottom of page

B DIA.*

A *

1.37

.38

3.50

9.50

1.75 .33

1.86

5.30

B DIA. *

Note:This arrangement allows for the driveto be mounted below the conveyorbelt, on either side of the conveyor,and with the motor perpendicular tothe drive pulley. Reference thedrawings to the left for dimensional

information. Reference thetables to the right formounting package andgearmotor orderinginformation. The boximmediately left shows thepossible drive positions.

Drive Location1-G

3-J1-G

3-J

Front View Top View

Bottom Drive

AB

16111.395.20

16311.264.69

16V8.224.98

2519.225.19

2539.255.20

25V9.154.99

3319.016.20

3339.245.20

33V10.115.01

50113.856.15

50313.226.19

50V15.844.98

503 (ID)14.087.23

Motor Dimension ChartThe motor can be rotated in 90O

increments when attaching it to thegearbox. This allows the user flexibilitywhen deciding where the motorcapacitor and work box will be located.

*For “A” and “B” dimensions, see table at bottom of page

*For “A” and “B” dimensions, see table at bottom of page**Dimension reflects use of MAA belt. See pages 20-21.

*For “A” and “B” dimensions, see table at bottom of page

Side Drive

Note: 56 frame gear motors extend belowgear box mounting plate and may requireshimming

Page 37: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000 37

Sizing Information

Top or Bottom Drive

Motor Part NumberExample: 161 - 50J

Mounting Part Number Motor Part No. Motor Information

*See Drive Location chart

Mounting Part Number Example:M1-T1J0-5M4025 (Top Drive Mounting Pkg w/Timing Belt)

See Drive Accessories pages (p. 38 & 39) foroptional controllers, motor starters, e-stops,cords, switches, and plugs

1. ALL above gearmotors are UL and CSA approved2. Torque values are based upon running torque3. Inverter duty variable frequency rated motors are available in 1/2 HP. Add an ID to the end of the motor part number for the 230/460VAC 3ph motors only.4. Please note that all inverter duty motors have a non-removable foot mount on them

Notes:

*See Drive Location Chart

Sizing Information

FPM*

12

15

20

30

40

60

120

Torque (DTT)Inch Lbs.

120

128

132

130

128

107

82

Prefix

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

Mounting

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

Mounting Part Number

Position*

1J or 3G

1J or 3G

1J or 3G

1J or 3G

1J or 3G

1J or 3G

1J or 3G

Suffix

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

Example: M1-S1J0

Voltage

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

Prefix

16

16

16

25

25

33

50

Ratio

50

40

30

20

15

10

05

HP

1/6

1/6

1/6

1/4

1/4

1/3

1/2

Motor Information

Face

42C

42C

42C

42C

42C

42C

56C

Torque (DTT)Inch Lbs.

95 (belt)120 (chain)95 (belt)128 (chain)98 (belt)132 (chain)93 (belt) 130 (chain)89 (belt)128 (chain87 (belt)107 (chain)

Ratio

50

40

30

20

15

15

Voltage

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

Prefix

16

16

16

25

25

25

GMtr. Sprkt251025102510251025103012

Belt/Chain5MCH5MCH5MCH5MCH5MCH5MCH

Suffix

0-

0-

0-

0-

0-

0-

Position*1J, 1G, 3J

or 3G

1J, 1G, 3Jor 3G

1J, 1G, 3Jor 3G

1J, 1G, 3Jor 3G

1J, 1G, 3Jor 3G

1J, 1G, 3Jor 3G

Mounting

T or B

T or B

T or B

T or B

T or B

T or B

Prefix

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

Conv Sprkt251025102510251025102510

Motor Part NumberExample: 251-20G

*See Drive Location Chart

Sizing Information

FPM*

12

15

20

30

40

60

120

Torque (DTT)Inch Lbs.

120

128

132

130

128

107

82

Prefix

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

Mounting

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

Mounting Part Number

Position*

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

Suffix

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

Example: M1-R1G0

Voltage

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

Prefix

16

16

16

25

25

33

50

Ratio

50

40

30

20

15

10

05

GearboxHandG or J

G or J

G or J

G or J

G or J

G or J

G or J

Motor Part No. Example:253-15J (230/460v 3PH Gearmotor@40 FPM)

Mounting Part Number Example:M1-S3J0 (Side Drive Mounting)

Remote Drive

FPM*

12

20

15

30

40

50

60

100

75

120

150

175

200

225

84 (belt)107 (chain)89 (belt)100 (chain)67 (belt)67 (chain)82 (belt)82 (chain)68 (belt)68 (chain)59 (belt)59 (chain)51 (belt)51 (chain)46 (belt)46 (chain)

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

T or B

T or B

T or B

T or B

T or B

T or B

T or B

T or B

1J, 1G, 3Jor 3G

1J, 1G, 3Jor 3G

1J, 1G, 3Jor 3G

1J, 1G, 3Jor 3G

1J, 1G, 3Jor 3G

1J, 1G, 3Jor 3G

1J, 1G, 3Jor 3G

1J, 1G, 3Jor 3G

0-

0-

0-

0-

0-

0-

0-

0-

251030124016251030123414

5MCH5MCH5MCH5MCH5MCH5MCH

251025102510251025102510

40164418

5MCH5MCH

25102510

Example: M1-B3J0-CH1410

10

10

10

05

05

05

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

33

33

33

50

50

50

G or J

G or J

G or J

G or J

G or J

G or J

05

05

1,3,V, D-

1,3,V,D-

50

50

G or J

G or J

Example: 503-05J

HP

1/6

1/6

1/6

1/4

1/4

1/4

1/3

1/3

1/3

1/2

1/2

1/2

1/2

1/2

Face

42C

42C

42C

42C

42C

42C

42C

42C

42C

56C

56C

56C

56C

56C

Motor Part No. Example:331-10J (115v 1PH Gearmotor@100 FPM)

Heavy Duty ElectricFixed or Variable Speed

Fixed or Variable Speed

HP

1/6

1/6

1/6

1/4

1/4

1/3

1/2

Motor Information

Face

42C

42C

42C

42C

42C

42C

56C

115/230Amp

3.6/1.9

3.6/1.9

3.6/1.9

4.6/2.6

4.6/2.6

5.2/2.8

7.4/3.7

DCAmp1.7

1.7

1.7

2.5

2.5

3.2

4.8

115/230Amp

3.6/1.9

3.6/1.9

3.6/1.9

4.6/2.6

4.6/2.6

4.6/2.6

2.5/2.8

2.5/2.8

2.5/2.8

7.4/3.7

7.4/3.7

7.4/3.7

7.4/3.7

7.4/3.7

230/460Amp

1.3/0.6

1.3/0.6

1.3/0.6

1.3/0.6

1.3/0.6

1.3/0.6

1.5/0.7

1.5/0.7

1.5/0.7

2.1/1.0

2.1/1.0

2.1/1.0

2.1/1.0

2.1/1.0

DCAmp1.7

1.7

1.7

2.5

2.5

2.5

3.2

3.2

3.2

4.8

4.8

4.8

4.8

4.8

GearboxHand

G or J

G or J

G or J

G or J

G or J

G or J

Voltage

Voltage

Voltage

GearboxHandG or J

G or J

G or J

G or J

G or J

G or J

G or J

Side Drive

115 VAC 1 PH230/460 VAC 3 PH90 VDC w/controller90 VDC w/o controller

Voltage KeyFor optional AC controls, see p. 38For optional AC controls, see p. 38See controller on p. 38Customer to supply controller

13VD

*Speeds vary up to +/- 4FPM

*Speeds vary up to +/- 4FPM

*Speeds vary up to +/- 4FPM

DCAmp1.7

1.7

1.7

2.5

2.5

3.2

4.8

230/460Amp

1.3/0.6

1.3/0.6

1.3/0.6

1.3/0.6

1.3/0.6

1.5/0.7

2.1/2.0

230/460Amp

1.3/0.6

1.3/0.6

1.3/0.6

1.3/0.6

1.3/0.6

1.5/0.7

2.1/2.0

115/230Amp

3.6/1.9

3.6/1.9

3.6/1.9

4.6/2.6

4.6/2.6

5.2/2.8

7.4/3.7

Page 38: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000

125 Series Drive Accessories

38

2X .88 DIA. 2.50

1.253.45

8.00

6.00

5.00

5.00

3X .19 DIA.

Specifications/Features:

115 V AC, 1 phase input, 90 V DC, 1/2 hp max output230 V AC, 1 phase input, 180 V DC, 1 hp max output30:1 speed rangeUL/ULc/CENEMA 1 EnclosureForward/Reverse switch, Run/Brake switchMin/Max & Accel/Decel settings

To Order:Part Number:125-0054-01 Standard NEMA 1DC Control125-0149-09* Wiring: cords & plugs

*Includes 8’ cord from control to AC plug and 8’ cord fromcontrol to motor with male/female disconnects (wired).

Motor Controls

Standard DC Control

4X .18 DIA.

4.45

5.13

.34

2.84

2.40

4.57 5.73

Specifications/Features:115/230 V AC, 1/3 phase, 50/60 hz input, 1 hp max output10:1 speed range (when used with ID motor)UL/ULc/CEIP 20 Enclosure3-digit LED displayForward/Reverse switchRun/Stop button, Accel/Decel buttonsCarrier frequency selectable for quiet operation

To Order:Part Number:*125-0054-5C-11-05 115V AC, 1 phase input, IP20125-0054-5C-21-05 230V AC, 1 phase input, IP20125-0054-5C-23-20 230 V AC, 3 phase input, IP20125-0054-5C-43-10 460 V AC, 3 phase input, IP20

Standard AC Control

2X 3/4 NPT

4.56

7.20 6.35.85

.19

5.63

5.16

2.20 1.20

2.12

Specifications/Features:

115 V AC, 1 phase input, 90 V DC, 1 hp max output230 V AC, 1 phase input, 180 V DC, 2 hp max output30:1 speed rangeUL/ULc/CENEMA 4X EnclosureSpeed adjustment potentiometerForward/Off/Reverse switchMin/Max & Accel/Decel settings

To Order:Part Number:125-0054-38 NEMA 4X DC Control

This 4X washdown controller can be used in a wet or dustyenvironment. Washdown DC Control

2X 3/4 NPT

4.56

7.20 6.35.85

.19

5.63

5.16

2.20 1.20

2.12

Specifications/Features:

115/230 V AC, 1 phase, 50/60 hz input, 3 phase out, 1 hp max output10:1 speed range (when used with ID motor)UL/ULcNEMA 4X EnclosureSpeed adjustment potentiometerRun/Stop switchCarrier frequency selectable for quiet operation

To Order:Part Number:125-0054-37 NEMA 4X AC Control

This 4X washdown controller can be used in a wet or dustyenvironment. Washdown AC Control

Note: It is the responsibility of the end user to properlywire this controller to the gearmotor

Note: It is the responsibility of the end user to properlywire this controller to the gearmotor

Note: It is the responsibility of the end user to properlywire this controller to the gearmotor

Note: It is the responsibility of the end user to properlywire this controller to the gearmotor

Page 39: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000 39

4X 1/2 DIA. KNOCKOUT

3.63

5.75

2.00

.72

.25 DIA.

5.13

The Motor Starter is an overload protection that alsoprovides a means of using a Remote E-Stop for safety.The starter is equipped with an undervoltage trip toprotect against autostarting after the overload conditionhas been corrected. Also includes short circuit protection.

Specifications/Features:115 V AC, 1 phase, 60 hz input, 1/2 hp max230 V AC, 3 phase input, 1 1/2 hp max460 V AC, 3 phase input, 1 1/2 hp maxUL/CSA/CEStart/Stop buttonsIP55 Enclosure

To Order:Part Number:125-0054-38-115 115 V AC, 1ph w/enclosure125-0054-38-230 230 V AC, 3 ph w/enclosure125-0054-38-460 460 V AC, 3 ph w/enclosure

Motor Starter

LOCK-OUTTAG-OUT

TURN TO RELEASEE-STOP

5.88

2.50

2.25

3.13

The E-Stop accessory is mounted directly to the MotorStarter enclosure, providing a means of stopping the motorfor safety. It can be padlocked for servicing, and contains astart button for restarting the motor after the pushbuttonhas been released.

Specifications/Features:Turn to releaseUL/CSA/CEE-Stop can be locked out/includes start buttonIP55 Rated

Note: Mounts directly to motor starter enclosure

To Order:Part Number:ELECT-061 E-Stop Accessory for Motor Starter

E-Stop Accessory

3.00

2.67

3.76

2.37 2.75

3.50

2.89

2X .22 DIA.

The Remote E-Stop provides a means for locking out powerto the motor for safety. It includes an IP65 enclosure andmounting bracket to allow the E-Stop to be mounted directlyto the side of the conveyor frame.

Specifications/Features:Turn to releaseUL/CSA/CEIP65 Enclosure

To Order:Part Number:ELECT-063-WBRKT E-Stop with enclosure

Note: Includes mounting bracket to mount to conveyor frameRemote E-Stop

Motion Controls

Optional Cords, Plugs, & Switches

Standard Duty Motor Options Heavy Duty Motor Options

Part Number125-0149-01125-0149-02125-0149-03125-0149-04

DescriptionFixed speed standard duty electric motor ON/OFF switchFixed speed standard duty electric motor FORWARD/REVERSE switchVariable speed standard duty electric motor FORWARD/REVERSEswitchFixed speed standard duty electric motor 8’ cord and plug

Part Number125-0149-05125-0149-06125-0149-07125-0149-09

DescriptionON/OFF switch for 1 PH heavy duty motorFORWARD/REVERSE switch for 1 PH heavy duty motor8’ cord and plug for 1 PH heavy duty motor8’ cord and plug for 90VDC motor - see controller for details

Note: It is the responsibility of the end user to properlywire motor starter and e-stops

Note: It is the responsibility of the end user to properlywire motor starter and e-stops

Note: It is the responsibility of the end user to properlywire motor starter and e-stops

Page 40: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

The Double Universal Joint withbearing mount is used to couple aremote mounted motor with aconveyor drive shaft when there isnot common shaft alignment. Thisassembly should be used with DriveEnd Mounts.

Note: Torque rating of universal jointat average angle of 15O (.375 offset)and 350 rpm is 125 inch lbs. Higherspeeds and angle will reduce rating.

1/2 HEX

LENGTH

1/27/ 81 1/ 4

A

B

2.50

1.62

The Single Piece Flex Coupling isused to couple the remote mountedmotor with the conveyor drive shaft.This coupling can also be used tocouple between gang drivenconveyors.

The Three Piece Flex Coupling isused to couple the remote mountedmotor with the conveyor drive shaft.This coupling can also be used tocouple between gang drivenconveyors. This coupling is used onall side drives.

Note: Use of the three piece flexcoupling may require the 1/2” hexshaft retaining collar (Part No.125-0078-026) to prevent separation.Please consult factory.

The Drive Extension Shaft can beused to gang drive multipleconveyors and/or for power take-offof remote drives.

B

A

2.0

1.06 DIA..97 DIA.

1.37

Single Piece Flex Coupling

QC Industries 513.753.6000

125 Series Drive Accessories

40

Drive Extension Shaft Support Block

1/2 HEX

2X 11/32HOLES

3.25

2.50

2.75 1.34

Double Universal Joint

CAUTION: Universal joint must be guarded.(Guarding is the responsibility of the end user.)

2X 11/32HOLES

1/8 KEYWAY3.25

2.50

2.75

1/2 HEX

1.34

1.09

0.61.40

4.88 MAX

0.75 MAX

1.69

1.50.50 DIA.BORE

1.00 DIA.

Part Number

.5 in. diameterw/keyway

125-0009-02

125-0009-03

A

.5 in. diameter

B

.5 in. diameter

.5 in. hex

*Torque Rating(Inch Lbs.)

100

100

Part Number

.625 in. diameterw/keyway

125-0135-00

125-0135-01

125-0135-07

A

.5 in. hex

B

.5 in. hex

.5 in. hex

.5 in. hex

*Torque Rating(Inch Lbs.)

114

114

114

125-0135-02

.5 in. diameterw/keyway

114

.5 in. diameter .5 in. diameter

Length Part No.

125-0005-23

125-0005-35

125-0005-47

125-0005-59

125-0005-71

125-0005-83

125-0005-95

23 in.

35 in.

47 in.

59 in.

71 in.

83 in.

95 in.

Part No. 125-0148-05

Three Piece Flex Coupling

Part No. 125-0148-00(with bearing mount)Part No. 125-0148-03(without bearing mount)

125-0009-06 .5 in. hex .5 in. hex 100

The Drive Extension Shaft SupportBlock is used to support lengths ofshaft not supported by the drivecoupling or a conveyor.

1/2” Hex Shaft Retaining CollarPart No. 125-0078-026

*Value based on non-reversing applications with anangular offset of up to 5O.

*Value based on standard duty non-reversingapplications with an angular offset of up to 1O. Forheavy duty applications, divide torque by 2.

Drive Extension Shaft

Page 41: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000

Typical Gang Drive Examples

Bottom Drive withTwo Flex Couplings

161-50G

1ESBH06-120-ADQ-MAA

125-0009-03125-0005-23

1ESBH06-120-ASQ-MAA125-0009-03

M1-B1G0-5M2525

41

How to Order

Note 1:

This typical gang drive application shows abottom drive mounting arrangement. Thecouplings and drive extension shaft areshown on the opposing page. Please notethat the conveyor to which the drive isattached has a “D” designator in the drivepulley portion of the part number.

M1-S1J0-HEX*

1ESBH06-120-AHQ-MAA125-0013-00

125-0005-23125-0014-00

161-50J

125-0013-00

125-0015-00

1ESBH06-120-AHQ-MAA

*Non-Standard Part Number

Note 2:

This typical gang drive application shows aside drive mounting arrangement. The driveend mounts are shown on page 27, anddrive extension shafts are shown on theopposing page. Please note that theconveyor to which the drive is nearest hasan “H” designator in the drive pulley portionof the part number.

The examples above help illustrate how to assemble part numbers for typical applications. The following shows the steps neededto correctly size a gang driven application:

Step One: Add up the equivalent load for each conveyor you plan to gang drive. (Using pages 10, 14, and/or 18)Step Two: Size a drive based upon the total equivalent load from Step OneStep Three: Determine which type of drive arrangement you need: side, remote, top, or bottom (Using page 32, 34, or 36)Step Four: Change the drive pulley digit of the conveyor part number to reflect which drive arrangement you are using. "D" for topor bottom drives and "H" for side or remote drives. Conveyor Part number example: 1ESBH04-060-ADQ-MAA - The "D"designates a dual output drive pulley to be used in a gang driven application using a top or bottom drive. The “H” designates a hexinput pulley to be used in a gang driven application using a side or remote drive.Step Five: Determine the couplings and drive extension shaft needed, using the above diagrams as a guide. This information canbe located on the opposing pageStep Six: Ensure that the couplings can handle the torque requirements of the system. Reference page 40

Please consult the factory if you have questions.

Remote Drive with Flex Couplings

M1-R1G0

125-0148-031ESBH06-120-ADQ-MAA

125-0009-03125-0005-23

1ESBH06-120-ASQ-MAA125-0009-03

161-50G

Note 3:

This typical gang drive application shows aremote drive mounting arrangement. Thecouplings and drive extension shafts areshown on the opposing page. Please notethat the conveyor to which the drive isnearest has a “D” designator in the drivepulley portion of the part number.

Side Drive with Through Shaft & Drive End Mounts

Page 42: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000

125 Series Automation Accessories

42

Motion Detection

Motion Detection Retrofit Kit

Conveyor Width Part No.

125-0335-02125-0335-03125-0335-04125-0335-06125-0335-08125-0335-10125-0335-12125-0335-18125-0335-24

2 in.3 in.4 in.6 in.8 in.10 in.12 in.18 in.24 in.

Drip Pans

Motion detection can be used in allapplications where it is necessary toknow the conveyor belt is runningwhile other machines are operating.QC’s motion detection systemmonitors your conveyor and provides a“belt running” signal to your machineconrtrol system or PLC.

.60

.63

SPRING ALLOWS SENSOR MOVEMENTFOR QUICK BELT CHANGE

#10-32 F.H.C.S.

PROX SENSOR

4 PIN 2WIRE CONNECTOR

4 PIN 2 WIRE RECEPTACLECLAMPED IN FRAME

.54

.75

1.00

6.06

.06

.63

.86

Installed Motion Detection Kit

(1) 4-pin two wire male connector(1) 4-pin two wire female connector(1) Mounting block and spring assembly(1) Mounting hardware kit(1) Template for mounting hole transfer(1) Detectable tail assembly(1) Proximity sensor

Includes:

Note: This kit can only be ordered for installationof motion detection into an existing conveyor inthe field

Note: Holes to be drilled in the field by thecustomer.

(1) 4-pin two wire male connector(1) 4-pin two wire female connector(1) Mounting block and spring assembly(1) Mounting hardware kit(1) Detectable tail assembly exchangedfor the standard tail assembly(1) Proximity sensor(1) Installation of sensor kit into conveyor

Includes:

Note: This kit can only be ordered with thepurchase of a new conveyor

Note: Please denote a “D” in the tail pulley portionof conveyor part number

•••

Compact designEasy to retrofit into existing conveyorsMagnetic proximity sensor allows fordependable operation in harshoperating environmentsProvides one pulse per tail pulleyrevolution

Electrical Specifications:Supply Voltage - 24 VDCLoad Current - 200 mA, normally open

Operating Temperature:-25O to +70OC (-13OF to +158OF)

Conveyor Width Part No.

125-0340-02125-0340-03125-0340-04125-0340-06125-0340-08125-0340-10125-0340-12125-0340-18125-0340-24

2 in.3 in.4 in.6 in.8 in.10 in.12 in.18 in.24 in.

Features:Attaches to standard width and lengthconveyors, and is ideal for recapturingoils and lubricants.Note: Designed for use with fixed siderails that use side rail clamps and theuniversal adjustable side mount only.

To Order:Fill in the last five digits of the partnumber with the width and length of theconveyor it is to be used on.Part No. 125-0403-WW-LLL

1/2-14 NPT

1/2-14 NPT

Part No. 125-0403- -

12

1 BROWN (+)2 N/A3 BLUE (-)4 N/A

PIN CONFIGURATION

34

Page 43: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000 43

90O Transfer Plate

Conveyor Width Part No.

125-0220-02125-0220-03125-0220-04125-0220-06125-0220-08125-0220-10125-0220-12125-0220-18125-0220-24

2 in.3 in.4 in.6 in.8 in.10 in.12 in.18 in.24 in.

Conveyor Width Part No.

125-0230-02125-0230-03125-0230-04125-0230-06125-0230-08125-0230-10125-0230-12125-0230-18125-0230-24

2 in.3 in.4 in.6 in.8 in.10 in.12 in.18 in.24 in.

Notes:Transfer plates are not intended for use withhigh friction or cleated belts.

Discharge conveyor must be pushing.

Customer to drill screw holes to mount plate.

Inline Transfer Plate

Note:Transfer plates are not intended for usewith high friction or cleated belts.

Adjustable Diverters

To Order:Part No. 125-0250-000

Adjustable Stops

To Order:

1. Select an adjustable stop for 1”sides, 2” sides, or single tee slot(See pages 22 -24)

2. Using the chart below, fill in thepart number using the nominal widthof the conveyor for the last two digitsof the part number

Example: 125-0232-04End Stop for a 4” wide conveyor that has1” aluminum side rails with wear strip

Note:

The pivot mount attaches to the tailend of the conveyor and enables apivot point from which other devicescan lift the conveyor. Includes leftand right hand mount.

Pivot Mount Set

Note:

The rolling nosebar can be usedwith a conveyor running less than 60fpm and carrying less than 5 lbs. perinch of conveyor width.

Custom Rolling Nosebars

Note:

The adjustable diverter comes with a5’ piece of UHMW rail and (2)mounting assemblies that the usercan utilize to help orient the productaround a 90O transfer.

To Order:Part No. 125-0172-00

To Order:Please denote an ‘SAF’ in the belt portionof the conveyor part number, and an ‘R’for the tail pulley part of the conveyor partnumber.

Example: 1ESBH04-048-ASR-SAF

1” Sides2” SidesSingle Tee Slot

125-0232-WW125-0234-WW125-0233-WW

Part No.

Automation Accessories

Page 44: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000

125 Series Corrosion Resistant Conveyors

44

.75

.88 L - 2.00 = CENTER DISTANCE.82

1.89 *

.42

L - .31 = OVERALL LENGTH

6.13.75

1.00 SHAFTLENGTH

W + 2.33 W + .31 =FRAME WIDTH

W - .10 =BELT WIDTH

.50 DIA.1/8 SQ. KEY

Specifications

Note: As in allindustries, technicalspecifications willchange withtechnology updates.Please consultfactory or seewww.qcindustries.comfor the most up-to-date drawings.

Width 2” to 24”Length 24” to 144”Profile 1.89” highDrive Pulley 1.31” DiameterLoad Carrying Capacity to 450 lbs.*Speed Range up to 225 fpm*Conveyor made from corrosion resistantcomponents for wipe-down applications

Overview Dimensions

*See Technical Data on page 46

•••••••

*Dimension reflects use of MAA belt. See pages 52-53.

Page 45: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000 45

Features & Benefits

Conveyor • Low profile design provides tight product transfers and the ability to fit into space-constrained

areas

• Single piece 10-gauge stainless steel framework is laser cut and formed to create a single-bodyframe construction, ensuring frame integrity

• Tight tolerance belting and our unique snap-out sealed tail assembly provide for a quick beltchange (less than 5 minutes) that is normally achieved without having to remove the drivepackages or side rails

• Corrosion resistant construction is achieved by replacing steel components with stainless steelor electroless nickel plated components to help prevent or minimize rust. Bearings are filledwith food grade grease instead of standard grease. Anodized aluminum is used on somesurfaces as well as on many of our side and guide rail profiles

• High tensile strength belts offer superior strength-to-weight ratio and are available inover 50 various types

• All components in our conveyors are produced on state-of-the-artmanufacturing equipment

Tail Pulley Assembly Drive Assembly

• Single point belt tension is achieved through a snap-in eccentric tailassembly designed to pull through the natural elongation characteristics ofthe belt and provide quick and easy belt change capacity

• Crowned sealed tail assembly is designed to promote excellent belt trackingand is equipped with superior needlebearings with seals that are filled withfood grade grease

• Thrust washers designed into the tailassembly provide axial float, which allowsthe assembly to move with the naturalcamber of the belt and protect bearingsagainst off-center load conditions

• Grease fitting design in the tail assembly allows for lubrication of bearingswhile the conveyor is running, resulting in zero down time duringlubrication

• Precision bearing alignment is guaranteed within the pressed tail assembly,providing optimal conditions to move the heaviest loads in low profile conveyors

• Eccentric tracking bushing allows for single point tracking control at theidler end of the conveyor

• Straight knurl design used to prevent premature wear on the carcass ofthe belt and still provide superior grip to overcome start-up inertia

• Crowned sealed drive assembly designed to promote superior belt tracking,and is equipped with superior needlebearings with seals that are filled with foodgrade grease

• Thrust washers designed into the driveassembly provide axial float, which allows theassembly to move with the natural camber ofthe belt and protect bearings against off-center load conditions

• Discreet needle fitting lubrication points in each bearing housing allows forlubrication of bearings while the conveyor is running, resulting in zero downtime during lubrication

• Precision bearing alignment is guaranteed within the pressed bearingassemblies that are piloted on body fitted studs, providing optimal conditionsto move the heaviest loads in low profile conveyors

• Threaded tracking adjustment points provide simple responsive belttracking that retain settings, even during belt removal

• Drive pulley available in solid output design or dual output design

Page 46: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000

125 Series Corrosion Resistant Conveyors

46

Load Carrying Capacity - Figure 46-A

Incline/Decline Load Factors - Figure 46-B

Conveyor Friction - Figure 46-C

500

450

400

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

Above load carrying capacities are for both drive pushing and pulling applications.Note: for drive pushing applications, decrease load capacity of conveyor by 1/2.

2 3 4 6 8 10 12 18 24

2550 37.5

75 7550

100

150

100

150125

200

250300

450

175

87.5

225

Pushing (Drive Location C&D)Pulling (Drive Location A&B)

Lbs.

Belt Width

Equ

ival

nt L

oad

Con

stan

t

AngleFactor

3.0

2.5

2.0

1.5

1.0

0.5

0.0

00.0 0.3 0.6 0.8 1.1 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.1 2.3 2.5 2.6 2.8 2.9 3.0 3.1

5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75

0.0

0.30.6

0.81.1

1.41.6

1.82.1

2.32.5

2.62.8

2.9 3.0 3.1

Conveyor Width

Frictional Load

Equ

ival

ent L

oad

200

150

100

50

2 3 4 6 8 10 12 18 24

36 42 48 60 72 84 96 132 168

36 42 4860

7284

96

132

168

Technical Data

0

Each of the myriad of applications that exist requires certain performancecharacteristics from the conveyor. QC Industries has developed a sizingsystem that condenses all of these parameters into a common factor, namelyequivalent load.

A conveyor application that is accumulating a 5-pound load, for example,demands the conveyor to carry more than 5 pounds. As such, we havedeveloped certain factors to add to the load that the conveyor needs to carry.

Follow the five steps below to determine the equivalent load your applicationrequires. The result will then be used to help choose the gear motorarrangement that will provide the correct torque.

Write down the equivalent load on your application assistance form (seepages 116-117). The equivalent load will be needed to properly size agear motor (see pages 60-65).

Next, proceed to the next page to construct the conveyor part number.

1. Nominal Load

Equivalent Load (lbs) SUM (1-5)

Enter the total load in pounds the conveyor must carry. For example, (12)cartons weighing 10 pounds each would have a total nominal load of 120 lbs.Use Figure 46-A to cross-reference the width conveyor you desire with thenominal load you need to carry, to ensure it can carry the load. Each conveyorwidth listed shows a total load carrying capacity for both drive pushing and drivepulling applications. Enter nominal load (in pounds) on Line One.

If the application does not have an accumulating load, enter zero on LineTwo. Otherwise, multiply the nominal load times an accumulation factor. (0.2for accumulation belts listed on page 52 and 0.3 for MAA standard urethane).Enter result on Line Two.

Some applications require an incline or decline. If the application does notrequire an incline or decline enter zero on Line Three. For inclining ordeclining applications choose a factor from Figure 46-B based upon theangle of incline then multiply that factor by the total nominal load from LineOne. Enter result on Line Three.

If the application does not call for side rails with seals to prevent smallparts from getting under the rail, enter zero on Line Four. Otherwisemultiply the conveyor length in feet by 5. The side rails can be found onpage 54. Example: 96" long conveyor with side seals would have a factorof 40 (8 x 5). Enter result on Line Four.

**Verify Load Capacity:After adding lines one through four together, please referenceFigure 46-A to ensure that the conveyor width you desire willcarry the sum of Lines One through Four. If the sum is greaterthan the load capacity listed for the width you have chosen,please choose a wider conveyor or consult the factory.

All conveyors have a certain amount of friction that must be added to thenominal load. To determine how much additional load must be factoredin, add 4 to the conveyor width in inches, then multiply by 6, or simplychoose the value from Figure 46-C. Enter result on Line Five.

lbs.

1.

2. Accumulation 2.

3. Incline/Decline [Factor] x [Load] = 3.

4. Side Seals 4.

5. Conveyor Friction 5.

STOPSTOP

Note: See page 47

Page 47: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000 47

Step 4

Choose three-digit belt ordering code on pages 52-53.

Example: 1EREH03-048-ASQ-MAA125 Series conveyor with corrosion resistant construction and 1.81”stainless steel frame. Conveyor measures 3” wide by 48” long with solidoutput pulley and standard tail pulley. The drive output shaft is in the Aposition. The conveyor has a standard urethane belt.

Step 1

Step 2

Step 3

- - -1 E R H

SeriesD

rive TypeC

onstructionFram

eFram

e StyleW

idthW

idth

LengthLengthLength

Drive LocationD

rive PulleyTail Pulley

Belt

Belt

Belt

1 = 125 E = End Drive R = CorrosionResistant

E = 1.81” Stainless SteelB = 1.81” Powder Coat (Beige) H = Straight Frame

Widths Lengths*

2”

02

3” 4” 6” 8” 10” 12” 18” 24”

03 04 06 08 10 12 18 24

24”

024

36” 48” 60” 72” 96” 120” 144”

036 048 060 072 096 120 144

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4

*Contact factory for special lengths

Frame Frame StyleConstructionDrive TypeSeries

How to Order

As standard, we assemble the conveyor,track the pre-tensioned belt and qualitycheck every conveyor before we ship tothe customer. Accessories such as Drives,Stands, Mounts, and Guides are packagedseparately and are shipped unassembledwith the conveyor to prevent damageduring shipment. Complete assembly canbe provided upon request; please contactour factory for details.

Drive Location Drive Pulley Type Tail Pulley TypeD

BA

C1/2” Dia*Cap

Solid Output ShaftS

D1/2” Dia*1/2” Dia*

Dual Output

QStandard

A&B are drive pullingC&D are drive pushing

Standa

rd

Standa

rd

Option

see p

g.41

* 1/8” sq. key included

Note: proceed to page 54 tocontinue sizing your conveyor...

Custom colors available - Contact factory

Page 48: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000

125 Series Corrosion Resistant Cleated Conveyors

48

CLEAT HEIGHTSEE PAGE 51

.75.88 L - 2.00 = CENTER DISTANCE.82

1.89 *

.42

L - .31 = OVERALL LENGTH

6.13.75

1.00 SHAFTLENGTH

W + 2.33

.50 DIA.1/8 SQ. KEY

W - 1.37 =CLEAT WIDTH

Specifications

Note: As in allindustries, technicalspecifications willchange withtechnology updates.Please contactfactory or seewww.qcindustries.comfor the most up-to-date drawings.

• Width 2” to 24”• Length 24” to 144”• Profile 1.89” high• Drive Pulley 1.31” Diameter• Load Carrying Capacity to 450 lbs.*• Speed Range up to 225 fpm*• Multiple Cleat Heights Available• Conveyor made from corrosion resistant

components for wipe-down applications

Overview Dimensions

*See Technical Data on page 50

*Dimension reflects use of MAA belt. See pages 52-53.

Page 49: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000 49

• Single point belt tension is achieved through a snap-in eccentric tailassembly designed to pull through the natural elongation characteristics ofthe belt and provide quick and easy belt change capacity

• Crowned sealed tail assembly is designed to promote excellent belttracking and is equipped with superiorneedle bearings with seals that are filledwith food grade grease

• Thrust washers designed into the tailassembly provide axial float, which allowsthe assembly to move with the naturalcamber of the belt and protect bearingsagainst off-center load conditions

• Grease fitting design in the tail assembly allows for lubrication of bearingswhile the conveyor is running, resulting in zero down time duringlubrication

• Precision bearing alignment is guaranteed within the pressed tail assembly,providing optimal conditions to move the heaviest loads in low profileconveyors

• Eccentric tracking bushing allows for single point tracking control at theidler end of the conveyor

Multiple cleat sizes and styles availableSee page 51 Step 4 for options

• Straight knurl design used to prevent premature wear on the carcass ofthe belt and still provide superior grip to overcome start-up inertia

• Crowned sealed drive assembly designed to promote superior belttracking, and is equipped with superior needle bearings with seals thatare filled with food grade grease

• Thrust washers designed into the driveassembly provide axial float, which allows theassembly to move with the natural camber ofthe belt and protect bearings against off-center load conditions

• Discreet needle fitting lubrication points in eachbearing housing allows for lubrication ofbearings while the conveyor is running, resulting in zero down time duringlubrication

• Precision bearing alignment is guaranteed within the pressed bearingassemblies that are piloted on body fitted studs, providing optimal conditionsto move the heaviest loads in low profile conveyors

• Threaded tracking adjustment points provide simple responsive belttracking that retain settings, even during belt removal

• Drive pulley available in solid output design or dual output design

Features & Benefits

Tail Assembly Drive Assembly

Corrugated sidesavailable with 1 inch cleats

Conveyor

• Low profile design provides tight product transfers and the ability to fit into space-constrainedareas

• Single piece 10-gauge stainless steel framework is laser cut and formed to create a single-bodyframe construction, ensuring frame integrity

• Tight tolerance belting and our unique snap-out sealed tail assembly provide for a quick beltchange (less than 5 minutes) that is normally achieved without having to remove the drivepackages or side rails

• Corrosion resistant construction is achieved by replacing steel components with stainless steelor electroless nickel-plated components to help prevent or minimize rust. Bearings are filledwith food grade grease instead of standard grease. Anodized aluminum is used on somesurfaces as well as on many of our side and guide rail profiles

• High tensile strength cleated belts offer superior strength-to-weight ratio and are available invarious styles and heights. Cleats are always high frequency welded to customer desiredspacing and never glued to the top surface of the belt

• All components in our conveyors are produced on state-of-the-art manufacturing equipment

Page 50: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000

125 Series Corrosion Resistant Cleated Conveyors

50

Each of the myriad of applications that exist requires certain performancecharacteristics from the conveyor. QC Industries has developed a sizingsystem that condenses all of these parameters into a common factor, namelyequivalent load.

A conveyor application that is carrying a 5-pound load, for example, demandsthe conveyor to carry more than 5 pounds. As such, we have developedcertain factors to add to the load that the conveyor needs to carry.

Follow the three steps below to determine the equivalent load yourapplication requires. The result will then be used to help choose the gearmotor arrangement that will provide the correct torque

Load Carrying Capacity - Figure 50-A

Conveyor Friction - Figure 50-C

Write down the equivalent load on your application assistance form (seepages 116-117). The equivalent load will be needed to properly size agear motor (see pages 60-65).

Next, proceed to the next page to construct the conveyor part number.

Above load carrying capacities are for both drive pushing and pulling applications.Note: for drive pushing applications, decrease load capacity of conveyor by 1/2.

Pushing (Drive Location C&D)Pulling (Drive Location A&B)Belt Width

Incline/Decline Load Factors - Figure 50-B

Technical Data

Equivalent Load (lbs) SUM (1-3)

**Verify Load Capacity:After adding lines One and Two together, please referenceFigure 50-A to ensure that the conveyor width you desire willcarry the sum of Lines One through Two. If the sum is greaterthan the load capacity listed for the width you have chosen,please choose a wider conveyor.

lbs.

500

450

400

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

02 3 4 6 8 10 12 18 24

2550 37.5

75 7550

100

150

100

150125

200

250300

450

175

87.5

225Lbs.

Factor

0.0

0.30.6

0.81.1

1.41.6

1.82.1

2.32.5

2.62.8

2.9 3.0 3.1

Equ

ival

nt L

oad

Con

stan

t

Angle

3.0

2.5

2.0

1.5

1.0

0.5

0.0

00.0 0.3 0.6 0.8 1.1 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.1 2.3 2.5 2.6 2.8 2.9 3.0 3.1

5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75

Conveyor Width

Frictional Load

Equ

ival

ent L

oad

200

150

100

50

2 3 4 6 8 10 12 18 24

36 42 48 60 72 84 96 132 168

36 42 4860

7284

96

132

168

0

1. Nominal Load

Enter the total load in pounds the conveyor must carry. For example, (12)cartons weighing 10 pounds each would have a total nominal load of 120 lbs.Use Figure 50-A to cross-reference the width conveyor you desire with thenominal load you need to carry, to ensure it can carry the load. Eachconveyor width listed shows a total load carrying capacity for both drivepushing and drive pulling applications.

Enter nominal load (in pounds) on Line One.

1.

Some applications require an incline or decline. If the application does notrequire an incline or decline enter zero on Line Two. For inclining ordeclining applications choose a factor from Figure 50-B based upon theangle of incline then multiply that factor by the total nominal load from LineOne.

Enter result on Line Two.

2. Incline/Decline [Factor] x [Load] = 2.

All conveyors have a certain amount of friction that must be added to thenominal load. To determine how much additional load must be factored in,add 4 to the conveyor width in inches, then multiply by 6, or simply choosethe value from Figure 50-C.

Enter result on Line Three.

3. Conveyor Friction 3.

STOPSTOP

Note: See page 51

Page 51: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000 51

Step 1

Step 2

Step 3

Step 5

- - -1 E R H

SeriesD

rive TypeC

onstructionFram

eFram

e StyleW

idthW

idth

LengthLengthLength

Drive LocationD

rive PulleyTail Pulley

Belt

Belt

Belt

1 = 125 E = End Drive R = CorrosionResistant

E = 1.81” Stainless SteelB = 1.81” Powder Coat (Beige)

H = Straight Frame

Widths Lengths*

2”

02

3” 4” 6” 8” 10” 12” 18” 24”

03 04 06 08 10 12 18 24

24”

024

36” 48” 60” 72” 96” 120” 144”

036 048 060 072 096 120 144

Determine the total number of cleats on the conveyor. Multiply conveyor length (in inches) by2, divide by the desired spacing between the cleats (in inches). This will result in the totalnumber of cleats evenly spaced around the circumference of the belt. Note: Must have awhole number of cleats.

Example: 1EREH08-048-ASQ-CAE016125 Series conveyor with corrosion resistant construction and 1.81” stainless steel frame.Conveyor measures 8” wide by 48” long with solid output pulley and standard tail pulley. Thedrive output shaft is in the A position. The conveyor belt has a 1/2” high cleat every 6”.

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4

*Contact factory for special lengths

Frame Frame StyleConstructionDrive TypeSeries

How to Order

# of Cleats

# of Cleats

# of Cleats

Step 5

Step 4

Choose a base belt material and cleat height

UAC (White Urethane)MAA (Standard Urethane)Cleat Height 5mm 19mm 1/2” 3/4” 1” w/corr. sides 1” 2” 3”

CABCBB

CADCBD

CAKCAGCAE CAF CAICAH

As standard, we assemble the conveyor,track the pre-tensioned belt and qualitycheck every conveyor before we ship to thecustomer. Accessories such as Drives,Stands, Mounts, and Guides are packagedseparately and are shipped unassembledwith the conveyor to prevent damage duringshipment. Complete assembly can beprovided upon request; please contact ourfactory for details.

Note 1: All belts must have a cleat indent of width minus 1.37”, except 1” cleats with corrugated sidewall. That cleat indent is width minus 3.62”Note 2: Cleated belts are intended for use in conjunction with indented or adjustable guides (see page 23)

Drive Location Drive Pulley Type Tail Pulley TypeD

BA

C1/2” Dia*Cap

Solid Output ShaftS

D1/2” Dia*1/2” Dia*

Dual Output

QStandard

A&B are drive pullingC&D are drive pushing

Standa

rd

Standa

rd

Option

see p

g.41

* 1/8” sq. key included

CBE CBF CBH CBG CBI CBK

Note: proceed to page 54 tocontinue sizing your conveyor...

Custom colors available - Contact factory

Page 52: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000

125 Series Corrosion Resistant Conveyors

52

High Friction BeltsA. Grey Diamond Top High AdhesionB. Green High Tack PVCC. Beige FDA High AdhesionD. Black Lateral Grooved High AdhesionE. Black Rough Top High Adhesion Accumulation Belts (Low Friction)A. White FDA Fabric AccumulatorC. Black Tight Weave AccumulatorD. Grey Textured Urethane AccumulatorE. Green FDA Fabric Accumulator

Heat-Resistant BeltsA. White Silicone Heat ResistorB. White Silicone Translucent ResistorC. Smooth White FDA Silicone Heat ResistorD. Blue Nitrile Heat ResistorE. White Nitrile Heat Resistor Cut Resistant BeltsA. Yellow Cut ResistorB. Standard UrethaneC. Black Dimple Top Cut ResistorD. Rugged Poly Cut Resistor

FDA BeltsA. Standard UrethaneB. Sealed Edge Standard UrethaneC. Pure White FDAD. Woven White FDAE. White FDA Urethane High AdhesionStatic Conductive BeltsA. Textured Carbon ImpregnatedB. Accumulation Static ConductiveC. Low Friction Static ConductiveD. Structured Static ConductiveTranslucent Belts

A. Green Translucent AccumulatorB. FDA Fabric Translucent AccumulatorC. Silicone Translucent Accumulator

Non-Marking BeltsA. Felt Topped Product ProtectorB. Fabric Topped Product ProtectorC. Cotton Topped Product ProtectorD. Black Elastomer Product Protector

Color Contrasting BeltsA. Gray Textured ContrasterB. Smooth Green Urethane ContrasterC. Dark Green PVC ContrasterD. Light Blue Urethane ContrasterE. Smooth Black PVC Contraster

Release Properties BeltsA. Beige Silicone Product ReleaseB. White PVC Product ReleaseC. Textured Silicone Product ReleaseD. Smooth Habilene Product ReleaseE. Smooth Silicone Product ReleaseSpecialty/Profile BeltsA. Green Sawtooth Profile BeltB. White Grooved RubberC. Stipple Top PVC ProfileD. Negative Pyramid ProfileE. Green Longitudinal PVC Profile BeltChemical Resistant BeltsDue to the broad spectrum of chemicals and percentages of chemical mixtures, QC Industries offers belt selection assistance in chemical application circumstances. Ourapplication specialists will help determine which belt is best suited to withstand the chemicals present as well as the entire scope of the application parameters. This approachdelivers the best possible product for the application.

FAAFABFACFADFAF

AAAAACAADAAE

HAAHABHACHADHAE

IAAIABIACIAD

EAAEABEACEAD

UAAUABUACUADUAE

TAATABTAC

PAAPABPACPADPAE

NAANABNACNAD

RAARABRACRADRAE

SAASABSACSADSAE

SnakeskinMatte

SmoothLongitudinal Groove

Rough Top

FabricFabric

TexturedFabric

Fine TextureFabric

SmoothCoarse Structure

Smooth

SmoothSmooth

Dimple TopStructured

SmoothSmooth, Sealed Edge

MatteSmoothSmooth

TexturedRough Texture

SmoothStructured

TexturedFabric

Textured

TexturedSmoothMatteMatte

Smooth

SmoothMatte, SmoothFine Texture

SmoothTextured

SawtoothLateral Groove

Stipple TopTextured

Longitudinal Groove

FeltFabricFabricFelt

PVCPVC SoftSilicone

PVCPVC

UrethaneUrethane ImpregnatedUrethane ImpregnatedUrethane Impregnated

SiliconeSilicone Impregnated

SiliconeNitrile RubberNitrile Rubber

UrethaneUrethane

Hard UrethaneNitrile Rubber

UrethaneUrethaneUrethane

Urethane ImpregnatedUrethane

Urethane ImpregnatedNitrile Rubber

UrethaneNBR Impregnated Fleece

Impregnated PUUrethane Impregnated

Silicone

PVCUrethane

PVCUrethane

PVC

FeltSpun Polyester

CottonPolyester

SiliconeNon-Stick PVC

SiliconeHabileneSilicone

PVCNitrile Rubber

PVCUrethane

PVC

Light GreyDark Green

BeigeBlackBlack

WhiteBlack

Light GreyDark Green

WhiteWhiteWhiteBlueWhite

YellowWhiteBlackBlack

WhiteWhiteWhite

TranslucentWhite

GreyGreen

Dark GreenLight Blue

Black

BlackBlackBlackBlack

Light GreenTranslucentTranslucent

BeigeWhiteWhiteWhiteWhite

GreenWhiteWhiteWhiteGreen

WhiteWhite

Natural WhiteBlack

NONOYESNONO

HIGHHIGHHIGHHIGHHIGH

212212212194212

176176176158176

NOYESYESYESYES

0.1030.1450.0720.0830.185

YESNONOYES

NONOYESNONO

NOYESNONO

YESYESYESYESYES

NONONONO

YESYESYES

NOYESNOYESNO

YESYESYESNO

YESYESNOYESYES

NOYESYESYESNO

VERY LOWVERY LOWVERY LOWVERY LOW

MEDLOWMEDMEDMED

LOWLOWHIGHMED

LOWLOWLOWMEDHIGH

MEDHIGHLOWMED

VERY LOWVERY LOWVERY LOW

MEDLOWMEDMEDMED

MEDMEDMEDMED

HIGHLOWMEDMEDLOW

HIGHHIGHMEDMEDHIGH

212248140175

356356400300300

230212248176

212212230248176

212212158176

175248176

158176212212212

175175175302

212225212212175

212194356176176

176212140175

356356350212212

194176212176

176176194212176

176212158176

175212176

158176176176176

176158356176176

176225176176175

175175175248

YESNOYESYES

YESYESNOYESYES

YESYESYESYES

0.0540.0510.0600.054

0.0590.0510.0850.0790.067

0.0600.0750.0830.100

YESYESYESYESYES

NONONO

YESYESYESYESNO

NONONOYES

YESYESYESYESNO

YESNONOYESYES

0.0750.0750.0550.0470.050

0.0630.0800.0400.100

0.0230.0240.040

0.0600.0500.0750.0630.071

0.0700.0670.0720.098

0.0720.0590.0590.0900.040

0.1770.2100.1060.0780.175

Top

Surfa

ce D

escr

iptio

n

Top

Surfa

ce M

ater

ial

Belt

Colo

r

FDA

Tops

ide

Coef

ficie

ntof

Fric

tion

(CoF

)Sh

ort T

erm

Par

tM

ax T

empe

ratu

re (°

F)

Max

. Am

bien

t Ope

ratin

g

Tem

pera

ture

(°F)

Anti-

Stat

icAv

erag

e Be

lt Th

ickn

ess

(inch

es)

Belt

Orde

ring

Code

Belt Selection Guide

Multi-Purpose BeltsA. Standard UrethaneB. Option #1-Sealed Edge Standard UrethaneC. Option #2-Spill Edge CleatD. Option #3-Perforated Belt

MAAMABMACMAD

SmoothSmooth, Sealed Edge

Longitudinal Serrated CleatSmooth, Perforations

UrethaneUrethaneUrethaneUrethane

WhiteWhiteWhiteWhite

YESYESYESYES

LOWLOWLOWLOW

212212212212

176176176176

YESYESYESYES

0.0750.0750.0750.075

eeee

104

104

105

105

Specifications subject to change - consult factory

Page 53: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000 53

QC Industries offers conveyor belting for awide variety of applications and industries.These pages cover a number of the morepopular belts we have provided through theyears. These belts have all been tested at QCIndustries and offer a compatible fit to the 125Series conveyors. If you have a specific needthat is not covered on these pages, please

contact one of our sales engineers directly atthe factory to discuss your applicationparameters.

To Order With Conveyor:Please use the three-digit QC belt codenumber for conveyor ordering on pages 47and 51.

Chemical Resistant BeltsDue to the wide variety of chemical and percentages of chemical mixtures, QC Industries offers belt selection assistance in these application circumstances. Our applicationspecialists will help determine which belt is best suited to withstand not only the chemicals present, but the entire scope of the application parameters. This approachdelivers the best possible product for the application.

To Order Belt Only:Choose nominal conveyor width and length ininches and enter the three-digit belt code.

1E - WW - LLL -

Example: 1E-08-120-MAAStandard urethane belt for an 8” wide by 120”long 125 Series conveyor

Multi-Purpose Belts

High-Friction Belts

Accumulation Belts (Low Friction)

Cut-Resistant Belts

Heat-Resistant Belts

FDA/USDA Belts

Static Conductive Belts

Translucent Belts

Color Contrasting Belts

Non-Marking Belts

Release Properties Belts

Specialty/Profile Belts

MAB

FAA

FAB

FAC

FAD

FAF

AAAAAC

AAD

HAA

IAA IAB IACIAD

UAA

EAA

UAB

EABEAC

UACUAD

UAE

EAD

TAA

TAB

TAC

PAAPAB

PACPAD

PAE

NAANAB

NACNAD

RAARAB

RACRAD

RAE

SAASAB

SACSAD

SAE

HABHAC

MAA

QUICK SHIP! MADMAC

AAE

HADHAE

Page 54: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

125 Series Corrosion Resistant Side & Guide Rails

54

Fixed Side Rails

125R-0169 pictured

.46 *

2.35

W - .19

W + 1.06

Aluminum extruded 1/3” high sideswith wear strip

2.22

.33 *

W + 1.06

W - .61

Aluminum extruded 1/3” high sideswith seals**

W + 1.06

W + .06

2.22

.33 *

Aluminum extruded 1/3” high sides1/3” Side Rails

To Order:Fill in the last three digits of the partnumber with the nominal conveyorlength in inches.Ex. 125R-0153-048

To Order:Fill in the last three digits of the partnumber with the nominal conveyorlength in inches.Ex. 125R-0169-096

To Order:Fill in the last three digits of the partnumber with the nominal conveyorlength in inches.Ex. 125R-0170-024

Part No. 125R-0169-Part No. 125R-0153-

Part No. 125R-0170-

125R-0178 pictured

W + 1.19

W - .19

1.03 * .88

2.912.03

Aluminum extruded 1” high sideswith wear strip

W + .06

W + 1.19

.93 *.78

2.81

W - .61

2.03

Aluminum extruded 1” high sideswith seals**

W + .06

W + 1.19

.93 * .78

2.812.03

Aluminum extruded 1” high sides1” Side Rails

To Order:Fill in the last three digits of the partnumber with the nominal conveyorlength in inches.Ex. 125R-0174-048

To Order:Fill in the last three digits of the partnumber with the nominal conveyorlength in inches.Ex. 125R-0177-024

To Order:Fill in the last three digits of the partnumber with the nominal conveyorlength in inches.Ex. 125R-0178-096

Part No. 125R-0177-Part No. 125R-0174-

Part No. 125R-0178-

125R-0215 pictured

2.03

1.90

W + 1.19

2.05 *

3.93

W - .18

Aluminum extruded 2” high sideswith wear strip

W + .06

1.93 * 1.78

3.81

W + 1.19

2.03

W - .61

Aluminum extruded 2” high sideswith seals**

W + .06

W + 1.19

1.93 * 1.78

3.81

2.03

Aluminum extruded 2” high sides2” Side Rails

To Order:Fill in the last three digits of the partnumber with the nominal conveyorlength in inches.Ex. 125R-0215-024

To Order:Fill in the last three digits of the partnumber with the nominal conveyorlength in inches.Ex. 125R-0217-036

To Order:Fill in the last three digits of the partnumber with the nominal conveyorlength in inches.Ex. 125R-0216-060

Part No. 125R-0217-Part No. 125R-0215-

Part No. 125R-0216-

Note 1: W = nominal belt width in inches * Dimension reflects use of standard urethane belt (MAA) see pages 52-53Note 2: All rails are sold in sets ** Side seals are not intended for cleated belts, high friction belts, or belt speeds exceeding 30 FPMNote 3: Side rails start 1 11/16” from tail end and stop 3 1/2” from drive end

Custom fixed and flared side rails are available. For heights, consult factory

QC Industries 513.753.6000

Page 55: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000 55

Adjustable Guide Rails

2” High 2-Axis Adjustable GuidesPart No. 125R-0282- -

W + 9.12 MAX

W + 2.81

4.34

3.00ADJ.

W - .25 MAX.

3.25 MAX. *1.99 MIN. *

W + 2.81

W + 9.12 MAX.

W - .10 MAX.3.00

ADJ.

2.50 MAX. *1.13 MIN. *

1” High 2-Axis Adjustable GuidesPart No. 125R-0281- -

W + 2.81

W + 9.12 MAX.

4.34

W - .38 MAX.3.00

ADJ.

5.25 MAX. *3.00 MIN. *

3” High 2-Axis Adjustable GuidesPart No.125R-0283- -

W + 1.42

W - 1.21

3.281.62 MAX. *1.03 MIN. *

1” High Indented Guide AssemblyPart No.125R-0219-

3.94

W + 1.57

W - 1.21

2.40 MAX. *2.13 MIN. *

2” High Indented Guide AssemblyPart No.125R-0218-

4.92

3.03 *

W + 1.57

W - 1.31

3” High Indented Guide Assembly

2-Axis Adjustable Guides125R-0281-048-T pictured

Indented Guides125R-0219 pictured

To Order:Fill in the last three digits of part number with the nominalconveyor length in inches.

Example 125R-0219-1201” adustable guide rail with wear strip for a 120” longconveyor

The Indented Guides are designed to work with cleated belts.Each cleated belt is indented slightly (see page 51). TheIndented Guide spans the indentation, providing a pocketwhich surrounds the product being conveyed.

To Order:Fill in the last three digits of part number with the nominal lengthof the conveyor. Choose a set screw adjustment or a thumbwheel adjustment mechanism by indicating (S) for set screw and(T) for thumb wheel at the end of the part number.

Example 125R-0281-120-T1” adjustable guide rail with wear strip and thumb wheeladjustment for a 120” long conveyor

The 2-Axis Adjustable Guides are designed to guide the productbeing conveyed. The rails can adjust vertically and horizontally,offering the end user the ultimate in flexibility. Choose from a setscrew or thumb wheel adjustment. The thumb wheel is shown inthe above picture and is ideal for quick adjustments, because notools are required.

*Dimension reflects use of MAA belt. See pages 52-53.

Part No.125R-0222-

Page 56: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000

125 Series Corrosion Resistant Side & Guide Rails

56

Product Containment Accessories

To Order:

Conveyor Length (in inches)

Conveyor Width (in inches)

# of Rails (1, 2, 3, etc)

Rail Clearance Height (2” or 3”)

# of Lanes (2,3,4 etc)Mounting Type (F - Frame or T - Tee slot)

Construction (R - Corrosion Resistant)ExampleLD-2-08144-12FR2” Lane Divider for 8” wide 144” longconveyor. One rail with two lanesmounted to the conveyor frame

Custom Sides Available

A number of other side options exist tomeet the demands of a wide variety ofapplications. Please call our factory fordetails.

Lane Dividers Lane DividersFor part number see below

LANES

RAILS

RAIL CLEARANCE 2" OR 3"

Single Tee-Slot Side Assembly

Tee Slotted Extrusions

125R-0074 pictured

Single Tee Slot

Multi Tee-Slot Side Assembly

.73 *

W + 2.68

1.16

W + 1.50

Multi Tee Slot

W + 1.28

1.16

.73 *

Part No.125R-0225- Part No. 125R-0199-

Rotate-In Tee NutPart No. 125R-0074-035 (Qty 1)

Part No. 125R-0074-035-SET (Qty 4)

10-32 UNF THRU

.19

.86

.25To Order:Use part number125R-0074-035 (Qty. 1)125R-0074-035-SET (Qty. 4)

The Rotate-In Tee Nut is designed tohold lightweight brackets that have athickness of .148” or under

The Rotate-In Tee Nut can be usedwith the following rails:1” - 125R-0174, 125R-0177, 125R-01782” - 125R-0215, 125R-0217, 125R-0216

Tee-125R-0225, 125R-0199

Note:The Rotate-In Tee Nut works with the 1” and 2” side rails, as well as theSingle Tee Slot extrusion and the Multi Tee Slot extrusion.

Rotate-In Tee Nut

R

To Order:Fill in last three digits of part numberwith the nominal conveyor length ininches. Part number includes one setas shown in drawing.

To Order:Fill in last three digits of part numberwith the nominal conveyor length ininches. Part number includes one setas shown in drawing.

LD

*Dimensions reflect use of MAA belt. See pages 52-53.

Page 57: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000 57

Flared Side Rails are ideal forapplications that require a“drop zone” wider than thewidth of the conveyor. Therails attach to and require theuse of the adjustable guiderails shown at the top of page55. Additionally, the user canadd other components (shownbelow) to help guide theproduct as needed. Note: FlaredSide Rails should be ordered onesize smaller than the nominallength of the conveyor.

W + 4.97 MAX. W - .97 MIN.

W + 10.35 MAX. W + 4.41 MIN.

4.00

45°

Flared Side Rails

Flared Side Rails

L .25

5.74 MAX. *4.93 MIN. *

.90

2.90

2.35 *

End Stops

2.35 *

L - 5.80 MAX.

L - 4.20 MAX.

L

Adjustable Hopper

To Order:

Z-1004-012 12” lengthZ-1004-018 18” lengthZ-1004-024 24” lengthZ-1004-030 30” lengthZ-1004-036 36” lengthZ-1004-042 42” lengthZ-1004-048 48” length

Example:(1) Z-1004-036A set of 36” long flared side rails

The rails are sold in sets and includemounting hardware

Note: Requires Part #125-0282-LLLshown on page 55

End Stops are used in conjunction with theFlared Side Rail. Stops are adjustable downthe length of the rail. Note: End stops areavailable for the following width conveyors:8”, 10”, 12”, 18”, and 24”.

To Order:8” 125-0234-08

10” 125-0234-1012” 125-0234-1218” 125-0234-1824” 125-0234-24

Example: (1) 125-0234-10One end stop for a 10” wide conveyorequipped with flared side rails

Note: Designed to be compatible with 1”and 2” cleats. End stops are equipped witha swing gate to help contain product

The Adjustable Hopper is used inconjunction with the Flared Side Rail. Thehopper is made from (2) end stops,which are adjustable down the length ofthe rail. Available for the following widthconveyors: 8”, 10” 12” 18”, and 24”.To Order:Please order a quantity of 2:

8” 125-0234-0810” 125-0234-1012” 125-0234-1218” 125-0234-1824” 125-0234-24Example: (2) 125-0234-18Two end stops for an 18” wide conveyorequipped with flared side rails

Note: Designed to be compatible with 1”and 2” cleats. End stops are equipped witha swing gate to help contain product

*Dimension reflects use of MAA belt. See pages 52-53.

Note: Shown with 2-axis adjustable guide(sold separately) Part # 125R-0282-LLL

Note: Shown with 2-axis adjustable guide AND Flared Side Rails (both soldseparately) Part # 125-0282-LLL and #Z-1004-LLL

L = length of flared side rails

Note: Shown with 2-axis adjustable guide AND Flared Side Rails(both sold separately) Part # 125R-0282-LLL and #Z-1004-LLL

L = length of flared side rails

Page 58: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000

125 Series Corrosion Resistant Mounts

58

Standard Mounts

125R-0181-04 pictured

To Order:Frame Mounted version attachesdirectly to the conveyor frame. Theframe has mounting holes every 3”.

The Tee Slot mounted versionattaches to 1” siderails, 2” siderails,the single tee slot and the multi teeslot. See page 54 & 55.

Part No. 125R-0181-01 (Tee Slot)*Part No. 125R-0181-04 (Frame)*Part No. 125R-0181-05 (For use withmulti-tier stand)*

Notes:Brackets are universal and can work on either side of the conveyor.Frame mounted brackets can only be used with 1” high or lower cleats.T-Slot mounted brackets can only be used with 1/2” high or lower cleats.

W + 1.71

W + 1.09 MAX.W + .57 MIN.

1.25.135

W + 1.46

3.06

.34 DIA..22 DIA.

1.32

.88.59

.31

3.50

.38SLOT

1.32

1.15

.41

.13

2.06 **

Universal Raised Side Mount

W + 1.46

W + 1.71

W + 1.09 MAX.W + .57 MIN.

.135

1.25

.22 DIA. .34 DIA.

3.50

.38SLOT

4.81

3.07

.88.59

.31

3.10

1.53

.13 5.28 **

To Order:Frame Mounted version attachesdirectly to the conveyor frame. Theframe has mounting holes every 3”.

The Tee Slot mounted versionattaches to 1” siderails, 2” siderails,the single tee slot and the multi teeslot. See page 54 & 56.

Part No. 125R-0182-01 (Tee Slot)*Part No. 125R-0182-04 (Frame)*

Notes:Brackets are universal and can work on either side of the conveyor.Universal raised side mounts work with all cleat heights.

Universal Bottom Mount

Notes:Bottom mount can attach conveyor to a horizontal or vertical surface.This mount cannot be used with high adhesion or cleated belts.

5/16-18SET SCREW

.257 DIA.THRU HOLE

11/32 DIA.

2.89 **

W - 1.50

W + 1.50

W - .75 W + 1.00

.43

.63

1.25 .16 .84

To Order:Attaches directly to the underside ofthe conveyor frame. To order use thepart number below and fill in thenominal conveyor width in inches forthe last two digits.

Part No. 125R-0011- *

Universal Adjustable Side Mount

125R-0182-04 pictured

*Part No. denotes one bracket andnecessary hardware

*Part No. denotes one bracket andnecessary hardware

*Part No. denotes one bracket andnecessary hardware

Example: 125R-0011-04Universal Bottom mount for a 4” wideconveyor

To Order:This mount uses existing throughholes on the conveyor that arelocated 6.06” from tail end and 8.5”or 14.5” from drive end. This willmount the conveyor to a flat surface.To order, use the part number belowand fill in the nominal conveyor widthin inches for the last two digits.

Notes:Mount cannot be used with Multi Tee or Single Tee Slotted Side AssemblyMount cannot be used with cleated belts

3/8-16CAP SCREW W + 1.00.38

.93 **.63

Rod Clamp Mount

5/16-18CAP SCREW

W + 1.75

.93 **.63

Standard method formounting to stands(fasteners included)

Alternate method formounting to stands(fasteners not included)

Part No. 125R-0116- *

*Part No. denotes one bracket andnecessary hardware

Example: 125R-0116-06*Rod clamp mount for a 6” wideconveyor

**Dimension reflects use of MAA belt. See pages 52-53.

Page 59: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000 59

NOTE: There is a 3” overall height adjustment with feet

WW

H1 - H2

NOTE: All applications will require the end user to properly lag stands and ensure stability. Because every application and installation is different, thefunctionality and performance of the supports depend on the end user. QC Industries can aid in determining the supports your application requires.

Stand Height Range: H1- H2 (in inches)

Stand Widths-WW (nominal conveyor width in inches)

06 - 0909 - 1212 - 1515 - 1818 - 2121 - 2424 - 2727 - 3030 - 33

33 - 3636 - 3939 - 4242 - 4545 - 4848 - 5151 - 5454 - 5757 - 60

02 03 04 06 08 10 12 18 24

H1 - H2H1 - H20182R

H1- - -

H2 WW

1) Choose height range from left and enter into H1 & H2 sections.*Remember that the conveyor profile adds 1.89” to the height.

2) Enter conveyor width into WW section.

NOTE: No additional mounts are required.

NOTE: Conveyors 4” wide and under will have the standframework on the outside of the conveyor; and the minimumheight range is 12 - 15 inches.

To order:

Part No.

Aluminum Exact Width Conveyor Stands

Example: 0182R - 30 - 33 - 24 (Part No. includes one stand)

Stands

Stainless Steel Tubular Stand

Casters

Part No.125-0074-036 (Qty 1)125-0074-036-SET (Qty 4)The Swivel-In Tee Nut is ideal formounting brackets to an aluminumstand, and allows quick mountinglocation changes.Note: Swivel-In Tee Nut is zinc plated1/4-20 thread-in Tee Nut isprovided for attaching accessories.

To order:

Swivel-In Tee Nut

Stand Height Range: H1- H2 (in inches)

Stand Widths-WW (nominal conveyor width in inches)

24 - 2727 - 3030 - 3333 - 3636 - 3939 - 4242 - 45

02 03 04 06 08 10 12 18 24

H1 - H20188

H1- - -

H2 WW

1) Choose height range from left and enter into H1 & H2 sections.*Remember that the conveyor profile adds 1.89” to the height.

2) Enter conveyor width into WW section.

NOTE: No additional mounts are required. The mounts areincluded with the stand.

NOTE: Conveyors 4” wide and under will have the standframework on the outside of the conveyor.

To order:

Part No.

Example: 0188 - 30 - 33 - 18 (Part No. includes one stand)

WW

H1 - H2

Part No.125R-0189-00

For use with aluminum stands only.Angle brace can be used on a 125 Series conveyor with a minimum top of belt heightof 28”. The angle brace can replace cross ties for conveyors 5’ long and up. Whenused with casters, angle braces must be used on both stands. Order (1) per stand.

To order:

Angle Brace

NOTE: All applications will require the end user to properly lag stands and ensure stability. Because every application and installation is different, thefunctionality and performance of the supports depend on the end user. QC Industries can aid in determining the supports your application requires.

Part No. 125R-0122-04Swivel locking casterOrder (2) per standCasters can be added toeither aluminum or steelstands. Swivel locking castersincrease stand height by5.50”.Casters should only be usedwith stands that are 1/3 aswide as they are tall.

To order:

Page 60: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000

125 Series Corrosion Resistant Drives

60

Service Factor - Chart 60-A

Serv

ice

Fact

or

2.3

2.2

2.1

2.0

1.95 10 7020 30 40 50 60

Drive Sizing Technical Data

The equivalent load was determined in the conveyor technical data pages (pages 46 and 50). To choose a gear motor combination that worksbest for the application, the next step is to convert that equivalent load into the torque required and size a drive based upon its use. The usermust know the belt speed (in feet per minute), service factor (determined below), and the duty cycle of the application. The steps below guidethe user through this process. These steps will utimately compare the torque required to move the load on the conveyor (Required ConveyorDrive Torque) and the torque the drive train is capable of producing (Supplied Drive Train Torque).

1. Calculate Required Conveyor Drive Torque (RCDT)

Enter the equivalent load the drive must handle (from pages 46 or 50). Divide this number by 6.The result equals the torque required for the application, or the required conveyor drive torque (RCDT). Enter RCDT onLine One.

Choose the belt speed from one of the following pages (63 or 65), and write down the drive train torque (DTT)for the selected speed. Please note that if you are choosing a top or bottom drive, you may use a timing belt.For heavy duty drives (listed on page 65), the drive train torque is lower if using a timing belt. Enter the drivetrain torque on Line Two.

Use Chart 60-A below based upon the hours of operation per day as well as starts and stops per hour. Enterthe result on Line Three.

Divide the drive train torque (DDT) by the service factor (SF). This result equals the supplied drive train torque(SDTT). Enter the result on Line Four.

Compare Line 4 (the supplied drive train torque[SDTT]) to Line 1(the required conveyor drive torque[RCDT]). If the SDTT is equal to or greater than RCDT,then you have selected the proper drive. SDTT >RCDT. If not, then:

A) Slow down the belt speedB) Choose a wider conveyorC) Consult factory

Proceed to the next page for instructions on how touse the remaining drive pages.

1.

2. Select Belt Speed & Enter Drive Train Torque (DTT) 2.

3. Enter Service Factor (SF) 3.

4. Calculate Supplied Drive Train Torque (SDTT) 4.

5. Determine Functionality

Starts per Hour

Hours of Operation per Day

2.0

1.9

1.8

1.7

1.6

1.8

1.7

1.6

1.5

1.4

1.6

1.5

1.4

1.3

1.280 90 100

24 16 8 2

Factor

Example:

Equivalent load = 100 (per conveyor technical data page)100 / 6 = 17 (RCDT)30 FPM (From page 63 - standard duty top drive - fixed speed)33 inch lbs. of torque (DTT)Class II (using timing belt on a top drive)8 hours per day with no starts and stops (Service Factor is 1.5)33 / 1.5 = 22 inch lbs. (SDTT)

RCDT = 17SDTT = 22

20 17 (Gearmotor assembly will provide adequate torque)

Example:

Equivalent load = 300 (per conveyor technical data page)300 / 6 = 50.0 (RCDT)50 FPM (From page 65 - heavy duty bottom drive - fixed speed)87 inch lbs. of torque (DTT)Class II (using timing belt on a bottom drive)16 hours per day with (10) starts and stops (Service Factor is 1.7)87 / 1.7 = 51.1 inch lbs. (SDTT)

RCDT = 50.0SDTT = 51.1

51.1 50.0 (Gearmotor assembly will provide adequate torque)

Page 61: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000 61

How to Use the Following Pages

The following pages contain information on types and locations of available QC drives, presented in a clear, concise manner.Simply follow the two-page spread from left to right, and note the steps listed here.

Drawings Voltage

Speed Mounting Voltage

Horsepower

Drive locations Sizing information

Gear Reducer

Timing PulleyCombinations

Torque

Step 1:Choose mountingarrangement& location

Step 2:Choose speed

Step 3:Run drive sizingcalculations listed onPage 60

Step 4:Choose voltagerequirements

Step 5:Put together two partnumbers, drivemounting package andgearmotor, byfollowing from left toright

MountingArrangement

Step 3(p. 60)

Standard Duty Electric - Fixed Speed - Top Drive

*See Drive Location Chart

Sizing Information

4.5

10

18

21

30

43

88

76

50

41

33

23

Prefix

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

Mounting

T

T

T

T

T

T

Mounting Part Number

Position*

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

Suffix

SE-

SE-

SE-

SE-

SE-

SE-

Prefix

05

05

05

05

05

05

Motor Information

Voltage

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

*Speeds Vary +/- 4 FPM

Torque in Lbs.FPM* GMtr/Sprkt

25

25

25

25

25

25

Conv. Sprkt

25

25

25

25

25

25

Voltage

1-

1-

1-

1-

1-

1-

Ratio

120

050

030

025

018

012

HP

1/19

1/19

1/19

1/19

1/19

1/19

AMP

0.9

0.9

0.9

0.9

0.9

0.9

ant

Suffix

-WD

-WD

-WD

-WD

-WD

-WD

Motor Part NumberExample: 051-025-WD

Suffix

-CR

-CR

-CR

-CR

-CR

-CR

Example: M1-T1SE-5M2525-CRBelt

5M

5M

5M

5M

5M

5M

QC Industries 513.753.6000

125 Series Corrosion Resistant Standard Drives

62

Note:This mounting arrangement allowsfor the drive to be mounted on eitherside of the conveyor with the motorinline with the drive pulley.Reference the drawings to the left fordimensional information. Reference

the tables to the right formounting package andgearmotor orderinginformation. The boximmediately left showsthe possible drivepositions.

.50

2.507.20

.783.59 .38

3.59

.11

4.35

3.50

.45

/

4.88

3.50

2.00

.75

O .28

4.25

3.59

1.31.23

4.23

7.20 1.26

Note:This mounting arrangement allows forthe drive to be mounted away fromthe conveyor and on either side of theconveyor, with the motor inline withthe drive pulley. Reference thedrawings to the left for dimensional

information. Reference thetables to the right formounting package andgearmotor orderinginformation. The boximmediately left shows thepossible drive positions.

Note:This mounting arrangement allowsfor the drive to be mounted abovethe conveyor belt, on either side ofthe conveyor, and with the motorinline with the drive pulley. Referencethe drawings to the left for

dimensional information.Reference the tables to theright for mounting packageand gearmotor orderinginformation. The boximmediately left shows thepossible drive positions.

Drive Location1

31

3

Drive Location1

31

3

Drive Location

1

31

3

Front View Top View

9.50

1.75

7.51

3.59

2.88

Front View Top View

Front View Top View

Remote Drive

Side Drive

*For “A” dimension, see Motor Information table at right

*For “A” dimension, see Motor Information table at right

*For “A” dimension, see Motor Information table at right

9.50

1.75.33

3.21

4.23

7.51

3.50

.42

3.59

Note:This mounting arrangement allowsfor the drive to be mounted below theconveyor belt, on either side of theconveyor, and with the motor inlinewith the drive pulley. Reference thedrawings to the left for dimensional

information. Reference thetables to the right formounting package andgearmotor orderinginformation. The boximmediately left shows thepossible drive positions.

Drive Location1

31

3

Front View Top View*For “A” dimension, see Motor Information table at right

Bottom Drive

Top Drive

QC Industries 513.753.6000

Standard Duty Electric - Fixed Speed - Side Drive

Motor Part NumberExample: 051-025-WD

Gearmotors include a 6’ cord1. Motors are UL approved2. Torque values are based upon start-up torque

*See Drive Location Chart

Sizing Information

FPM*

4.5

10

18

21

30

43

Torque in Lbs.

88

76

50

41

33

23

Prefix

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

Mounting

S

S

S

S

S

S

Mounting Part Number

Position*

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

Suffix

SE-CR

SE-CR

SE-CR

SE-CR

SE-CR

SE-CR

Example: M1-S3SE-CR

Voltage

1-

1-

1-

1-

1-

1-

Prefix

05

05

05

05

05

05

Ratio

120

050

030

025

018

012

HP

1/19

1/19

1/19

1/19

1/19

1/19

Motor Information

AMP

0.9

0.9

0.9

0.9

0.9

0.9

Motor Part NumberExample: 051-018-WD

*See Drive Location Chart

Sizing Information

FPM*

4.5

10

18

21

30

43

Torque in Lbs.

77

40

27

22

17

12

Prefix

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

Mounting

R

R

R

R

R

R

Mounting Part Number

Position*

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

Suffix

SE-CR

SE-CR

SE-CR

SE-CR

SE-CR

SE-CR

Example: M1-R1SE-CR

Voltage

1-

1-

1-

1-

1-

1-

Prefix

05

05

05

05

05

05

Ratio

120

050

030

025

018

012

HP

1/19

1/19

1/19

1/19

1/19

1/19

Motor Information

AMP

1

1

1

1

1

1

Motor Part No. Example:051-120-WD (115v 1PH Gearmotor @ 4.5 FPM)

Mounting Part Number Example:M1-S1SE-CR (Side Drive Mounting)

Standard Duty Electric - Fixed Speed - Remote Drive

Voltage

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

*Speeds Vary +/- 4 FPM

*Speeds Vary +/- 4 FPM

Voltage

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

Standard Duty Electric - Fixed Speed - Top Drive

*See Drive Location Chart

Sizing Information

4.5

10

18

21

30

43

88

76

50

41

33

23

Prefix

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

Mounting

T

T

T

T

T

T

Mounting Part Number

Position*

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

Suffix

SE-

SE-

SE-

SE-

SE-

SE-

Prefix

05

05

05

05

05

05

Motor Information

Motor Part No. Example:051-050-WD (115v 1PH Gearmotor@ 6.0 TO 12.0 FPM)

Mounting Part Number Example:M1-T3SE-5M2525-CR (Top Drive Mounting Pkg w/Timing Belt)

Standard Duty Electric - Fixed Speed - Bottom Drive

Voltage

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

*Speeds Vary +/- 4 FPM

Torque in Lbs.FPM* GMtr/Sprkt

25

25

25

25

25

25

Conv. Sprkt

25

25

25

25

25

25

Voltage

1-

1-

1-

1-

1-

1-

Ratio

120

050

030

025

018

012

HP

1/19

1/19

1/19

1/19

1/19

1/19

*See Drive Location Chart

Sizing Information

4.5

10

18

21

30

43

77

40

27

22

17

12

Prefix

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

Mounting

B

B

B

B

B

B

Mounting Part Number

Position*

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

Suffix

SE-

SE-

SE-

SE-

SE-

SE-

Prefix

05

05

05

05

05

05

Motor Information

AMP

1

1

1

1

1

1

Voltage

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV*Speeds Vary +/- 4 FPM

Torque in Lbs.FPM* Belt/Chain

5M

5M

5M

5M

5M

5M

GMtr/Sprkt

25

25

25

25

25

25

Conv. Sprkt

25

25

25

25

25

25

Voltage

1-

1-

1-

1-

1-

1-

Ratio

120

050

030

025

018

012

HP

1/19

1/19

1/19

1/19

1/19

1/19

Notes:

AMP

0.9

0.9

0.9

0.9

0.9

0.9

Suffix

-WD

-WD

-WD

-WD

-WD

-WD

Suffix

-WD

-WD

-WD

-WD

-WD

-WD

Corrosion R

esistant 125 Series

Suffix

-WD

-WD

-WD

-WD

-WD

-WD

Motor Part NumberExample: 051-025-WD

Suffix

-CR

-CR

-CR

-CR

-CR

-CR

Example: M1-B3SE-5M2525-CRSuffix

120

050

030

025

018

012

Suffix

-WD

-WD

-WD

-WD

-WD

-WD

Motor Part NumberExample: 051-012-WD

63

Example: M1-T1SE-5M2525-CRBelt

5M

5M

5M

5M

5M

5M

Step 1

Step 2

Step 4

Step 5

115VAC 1 PH

230/460 VAC 3 PH

90 VDC w/controller

90 VDC w/o controller

Voltage Key

1

3

V

D

Page 62: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.600062

Note:This mounting arrangement allowsfor the drive to be mounted on eitherside of the conveyor with the motorinline with the drive pulley.Reference the drawings to the left fordimensional information. Reference

the tables to the right formounting package andgearmotor orderinginformation. The boximmediately left showsthe possible drivepositions.

.50

2.567.20

.643.59 .38

3.59 4.35

.28 DIA.

4.88 3.59

2.00.75

3.50

4.25

7.20 1.23

1.32.23

4.23

Note:This mounting arrangement allows forthe drive to be mounted away fromthe conveyor and on either side of theconveyor, with the motor inline withthe drive pulley. Reference thedrawings to the left for dimensional

information. Reference thetables to the right formounting package andgearmotor orderinginformation. The boximmediately left shows thepossible drive positions.

Note:This mounting arrangement allowsfor the drive to be mounted abovethe conveyor belt, on either side ofthe conveyor, and with the motorinline with the drive pulley. Referencethe drawings to the left for

dimensional information.Reference the tables to theright for mounting packageand gearmotor orderinginformation. The boximmediately left shows thepossible drive positions.

Drive Location1

31

3

Drive Location1

31

3

Drive Location

1

31

3

Front View Top View

9.50

1.75

7.51

3.59

3.50

.45

2.88 *3.59

Front View Top View

Front View Top View

Remote Drive

Side Drive

3.50 3.599.50

1.75.33

3.21

4.23

7.51

.42

Note:This mounting arrangement allowsfor the drive to be mounted below theconveyor belt, on either side of theconveyor, and with the motor inlinewith the drive pulley. Reference thedrawings to the left for dimensional

information. Reference thetables to the right formounting package andgearmotor orderinginformation. The boximmediately left shows thepossible drive positions.

Drive Location1

31

3

Front View Top View

Bottom Drive

Top Drive

125 Series Corrosion Resistant Standard Duty Drives

*Dimension reflects use of MAA belt. See pages 52-53.

Page 63: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000

Standard Duty Electric - Fixed Speed - Side Drive

Motor Part NumberExample: 051-025-WD

Gearmotors include a 6’ cord1. Motors are UL, CSA and CE approved2. Torque values are based upon start-up torque

*See Drive Location Chart

Sizing Information

FPM*

4.5

10

18

21

30

43

Torque in Lbs.

88

69

38

32

25

18

Prefix

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

Mounting

S

S

S

S

S

S

Mounting Part Number

Position*

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

Suffix

SE-CR

SE-CR

SE-CR

SE-CR

SE-CR

SE-CR

Example: M1-S3SE-CR

Voltage

1-

1-

1-

1-

1-

1-

Prefix

05

05

05

05

05

05

Ratio

120

050

030

025

018

012

HP

1/19

1/19

1/19

1/19

1/19

1/19

Motor Information

AMP

0.7

0.7

0.7

0.7

0.7

0.7

Motor Part NumberExample: 051-018-WD

*See Drive Location Chart

Sizing Information

FPM*

4.5

10

18

21

30

43

Torque in Lbs.

88

69

38

32

25

18

Prefix

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

Mounting

R

R

R

R

R

R

Mounting Part Number

Position*

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

Suffix

SE-CR

SE-CR

SE-CR

SE-CR

SE-CR

SE-CR

Example: M1-R1SE-CR

Voltage

1-

1-

1-

1-

1-

1-

Prefix

05

05

05

05

05

05

Ratio

120

050

030

025

018

012

HP

1/19

1/19

1/19

1/19

1/19

1/19

Motor Information

AMP

0.7

0.7

0.7

0.7

0.7

0.7

Motor Part No. Example:051-120-WD (115v 1PH Gearmotor @ 4.5 FPM)

Mounting Part Number Example:M1-S1SE-CR (Side Drive Mounting)

Standard Duty Electric - Fixed Speed - Remote Drive

Voltage

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

*Speeds Vary up to +/- 4 FPM

*Speeds Vary up to +/- 4 FPM

Voltage

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

Standard Duty Electric - Fixed Speed - Top Drive

*See Drive Location Chart

Sizing Information

4.5

10

18

21

30

43

88

69

38

32

25

18

Prefix

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

Mounting

T

T

T

T

T

T

Mounting Part Number

Position*

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

Suffix

SE-

SE-

SE-

SE-

SE-

SE-

Prefix

05

05

05

05

05

05

Motor Information

Motor Part No. Example:051-050-WD (115v 1PH Gearmotor@ 6.0 TO 12.0 FPM)

Mounting Part Number Example:M1-T3SE-5M2525-CR (Top Drive Mounting Pkg w/Timing Belt)

Standard Duty Electric - Fixed Speed - Bottom Drive

Voltage

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

*Speeds Vary up to +/- 4 FPM

Torque in Lbs.FPM* GMtr/Sprkt

25

25

25

25

25

25

Conv. Sprkt

25

25

25

25

25

25

Voltage

1-

1-

1-

1-

1-

1-

Ratio

120

050

030

025

018

012

HP

1/19

1/19

1/19

1/19

1/19

1/19

*See Drive Location Chart

Sizing Information

4.5

10

18

21

30

43

88

69

38

32

25

18

Prefix

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

Mounting

B

B

B

B

B

B

Mounting Part Number

Position*

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

1 or 3

Suffix

SE-

SE-

SE-

SE-

SE-

SE-

Prefix

05

05

05

05

05

05

Motor Information

AMP

0.7

0.7

0.7

0.7

0.7

0.7

Voltage

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV

115v 1PH TENV*Speeds Vary up to +/- 4 FPM

Torque in Lbs.FPM* Belt

5M

5M

5M

5M

5M

5M

GMtr/Sprkt

25

25

25

25

25

25

Conv. Sprkt

25

25

25

25

25

25

Voltage

1-

1-

1-

1-

1-

1-

Ratio

120

050

030

025

018

012

HP

1/19

1/19

1/19

1/19

1/19

1/19

Notes:

AMP

0.7

0.7

0.7

0.7

0.7

0.7

Suffix

-WD

-WD

-WD

-WD

-WD

-WD

Suffix

-WD

-WD

-WD

-WD

-WD

-WD

Suffix

-WD

-WD

-WD

-WD

-WD

-WD

Motor Part NumberExample: 051-025-WD

Suffix

-CR

-CR

-CR

-CR

-CR

-CR

Example: M1-B3SE-5M2525-CRSuffix

-CR

-CR

-CR

-CR

-CR

-CR

Suffix

-WD

-WD

-WD

-WD

-WD

-WD

Motor Part NumberExample: 051-012-WD

63

Example: M1-T1SE-5M2525-CRBelt

5M

5M

5M

5M

5M

5M

Page 64: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.600064

Note:This mounting arrangement allowsfor the drive to be mounted on eitherside of the conveyor with the motorperpendicular with the drive pulley.Reference the drawings to the left fordimensional information. Reference

the tables to the right formounting package andgearmotor orderinginformation. The boximmediately left showsthe possible drivepositions.

4.14

1.77 **

.48 **B DIA.

1.34

A

B DIA.

3.89.87

B DIA.

3.50

.38

1.37

A

Note:This mounting arrangement allowsfor the drive to be mounted abovethe conveyor belt, on either side ofthe conveyor, and with the motorperpendicular with the drive pulley.Reference the drawings to the left for

dimensional information.Reference the tables to theright for mounting packageand gearmotor orderinginformation. The boximmediately left shows thepossible drive positions.

Drive Location1-J

3-G1-J

3-G

Drive Location1-J

3-G1-J

3-G

Front View Top View

9.50

1.75

1.86

5.68 **

B DIA.

Front View Top View

Side Drive

*For “A” and “B” dimensions, see Motor Information table at the bottom of the page.

*For “A” and “B” dimensions, see Motor Information table at the bottom of the page.

9.50

1.75 .33 **

1.86

5.30

B DIA.

B DIA.

A

1.37

.37

3.50

Note:This mounting arrangement allowsfor the drive to be mounted below theconveyor belt, on either side of theconveyor, and with the motorperpendicular with the drive pulley.Reference the drawings to the left for

dimensional information.Reference the tables to theright for mounting packageand gearmotor orderinginformation. The boximmediately left shows thepossible drive positions.Front View Top View

*For “A” and “B” dimensions, see Motor Information table at the bottom of the page.

Bottom Drive

125 Series Corrosion Resistant Heavy Duty Drives

AB

50113.856.15

50313.226.19

50V15.844.98

503 (ID)14.087.23

Motor Dimension ChartThe motor can be rotated in 90O increments toachieve alternate orientations when attaching it tothe gearbox. This allows the user flexibility whendeciding where the motor capacitor and gearboxwill be located.

Drive Location1-G

3-J1-G

3-J

Top Drive

Note:This mounting arrangement allows forthe drive to be mounted away fromthe conveyor and on either side of theconveyor, with the motorperpendicular with the drive pulley.Reference the drawings to the left for

dimensional information.Reference the tables to theright for mounting packageand gearmotor orderinginformation. The boximmediately left shows thepossible drive positions.

Drive Location1-G

3-J1-G

3-J

Front View Top View*For “A” and “B” dimensions, see Motor Information table at the bottom of the page.

Remote Drive

Note: 56 frame gearmotors extend below gearboxmounting plate and may require shimming

3.75 2.88

.44 DIA.

B DIA.

.85

B DIA.2.75

5.72

2.50 **

**Dimension reflects use of MAA belt. See pages 52-53.

Page 65: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000 65

Heavy Duty Electric - Fixed or Variable Speed - Side Drive

Sizing Information

Heavy Duty Electric - Fixed or Variable Speed - Top or Bottom Drive

Motor Part NumberExample: 501 - 50J-WD

Mounting Part Number Motor Part No. Motor Information

Mounting Part Number Example:M1-T1J0-5M4025-CR (Top Drive Mounting Pkg w/Timing Belt)

Motor Part No. Example:501-10J-WD (115V 1Ph Gearmotor@100 FPM)

See Drive Accessories (page 66) foroptional controllers

1. ALL above gearmotors are UL and CSA approved2. Torque values are based upon running torque3. Inverter duty variable frequency rated motors are available in 1/2HP. Add an ID to the end of the part number (230 VAC 3 PH motors only)4. Please note that all inverter duty motors have a non-removable foot mount on them

Notes:

*See Drive Location Chart

Sizing Information

FPM*

12

15

20

30

40

60

120

Torque in Lbs.

120

128

132

130

128

107

82

Prefix

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

Mounting

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

Mounting Part Number

Position*

1J or 3G

1J or 3G

1J or 3G

1J or 3G

1J or 3G

1J or 3G

1J or 3G

Suffix

0-CR

0-CR

0-CR

0-CR

0-CR

0-CR

0-CR

Example: M1-S1J0-CR

Voltage

1,3,V, D-

1,3,V ,D-

1,3,V, D-

1,3,V, D-

1,3,V, D-

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V, D-

Prefix

50

50

59

50

50

50

50

Ratio

50

40

30

20

15

10

05

GearboxHandG or J

G or J

G or J

G or J

G or J

G or J

G or J

Example: M1-B3J0-5M2525-CR Example: 503-05J-WD

*Speeds Vary up to +/- 4 FPM

HP

1/2

1/2

1/2

1/2

1/2

1/2

1/2

Motor Information

Face

56C

56C

56C

56C

56C

56C

56C

Heavy Duty Electric - Fixed or Variable Speed -Remote Drive

Motor Part NumberExample: 501 - 50J-WD

*See Drive Location Chart

Sizing Information

FPM*

12

15

20

30

40

60

120

Torque in Lbs.

120

128

132

130

128

107

82

Prefix

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

Mounting

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

Mounting Part Number

Position*

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

Suffix

0-CR

0-CR

0-CR

0-CR

0-CR

0-CR

0-CR

Example: M1-S1J0-CR

Voltage

1,3,V, D-

1,3,V, D-

1,3,V, D-

1,3,V, D-

1,3,V, D-

1,3,V, D-

1,3,V, D-

Prefix

50

50

50

50

50

50

50

Ratio

50

40

30

20

15

10

05

GearboxHandG or J

G or J

G or J

G or J

G or J

G or J

G or J*Speeds Vary up to +/- 4 FPM

HP

1/2

1/2

1/2

1/2

1/2

1/2

1/2

Motor Information

Face

56C

56C

56C

56C

56C

56C

56C

Suffix

-WD

-WD

-WD

-WD

-WD

-WD

-WD

Suffix

-WD

-WD

-WD

-WD

-WD

-WD

-WD

*Speeds Vary up to +/- 4 FPM *See Drive Location Chart

Torque (DTT)Inch Lbs.

95

95

98

93

89

87

Ratio

50

40

30

20

15

15

Voltage

1,3,V, D-

1,3,V, D-

1,3,V, D-

1,3,V, D-

1,3,V, D-

1,3,V, D-

Prefix

50

50

50

50

50

50

GMtr. Sprkt

25

25

25

25

25

30

Belt

5M

5M

5M

5M

5M

5M

Suffix

0-

0-

0-

0-

0-

0-

Position*1J, 1G, 3J

or 3G

1J, 1G, 3Jor 3G

1J, 1G, 3Jor 3G

1J, 1G, 3Jor 3G

1J, 1G, 3Jor 3G

1J, 1G, 3Jor 3G

Mounting

T or B

T or B

T or B

T or B

T or B

T or B

Prefix

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

Conv Sprkt

25

25

25

25

25

25

FPM*

12

20

15

30

40

50

60

100

75

120

150

175

200

225

84

89

67

82

68

59

51

46

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

T or B

T or B

T or B

T or B

T or B

T or B

T or B

T or B

1J, 1G, 3Jor 3G

1J, 1G, 3Jor 3G

1J, 1G, 3Jor 3G

1J, 1G, 3Jor 3G

1J, 1G, 3Jor 3G

1J, 1G, 3Jor 3G

1J, 1G, 3Jor 3G

1J, 1G, 3Jor 3G

0-

0-

0-

0-

0-

0-

0-

0-

25

30

40

25

30

34

5M

5M

5M

5M

5M

5M

25

25

25

25

25

25

40

44

5M

5M

25

25

10

10

10

05

05

05

1,3,V, D-

1,3,V, D-

1,3,V, D-

1,3,V, D-

1,3,V, D-

1,3,V, D-

50

50

50

50

50

50

G or J

G or J

G or J

G or J

G or J

G or J

05

05

50

50

G or J

G or J

HP

1/2

1/2

1/2

1/2

1/2

1/2

1/2

1/2

1/2

1/2

1/2

1/2

1/2

1/2

Face

56C

56C

56C

56C

56C

56C

56C

56C

56C

56C

56C

56C

56C

56C

115/230Amp

8.0/4.0

8.0/4.0

8.0/4.0

8.0/4.0

8.0/4.0

8.0/4.0

8.0/4.0

8.0/4.0

8.0/4.0

8.0/4.0

8.0/4.0

8.0/4.0

8.0/4.0

8.0/4.0

230/460Amp

1.6/0.8

1.6/0.8

1.6/0.8

1.6/0.8

1.6/0.8

1.6/0.8

1.6/0.8

1.6/0.8

1.6/0.8

1.6/0.8

1.6/0.8

1.6/0.8

1.6/0.8

1.6/0.8

DCAmp

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

GearboxHand

G or J

G or J

G or J

G or J

G or J

G or J

Voltage

Suffix

-WD

-WD

-WD

-WD

-WD

-WD

-WD

-WD

-WD

-WD

-WD

-WD

-WD

-WD

Suffix

-CR

-CR

-CR

-CR

-CR

-CR

CR

-CR

-CR

-CR

-CR

-CR

-CR

-CR

Voltage

Voltage

115 VAC 1 PH230/460 VAC 3 PH90 VDC w/controller90 VDC w/o controller

Voltage KeyFor optional AC controls, see p. 66For optional AC controls, see p. 66See controller on p. 66Customer to supply controller

13VD

230/460Amp

1.6/0.8

1.6/0.8

1.6/0.8

1.6/0.8

1.6/0.8

1.6/0.8

1.6/0.8

DCAmp

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

115/230Amp

8.0/4.0

8.0/4.0

8.0/4.0

8.0/4.0

8.0/4.0

8.0/4.0

8.0/4.0

115/230Amp

8.0/4.0

8.0/4.0

8.0/4.0

8.0/4.0

8.0/4.0

8.0/4.0

8.0/4.0

230/460Amp

1.6/0.8

1.6/0.8

1.6/0.8

1.6/0.8

1.6/0.8

1.6/0.8

1.6/0.8

DCAmp

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

1,3,V, D-

1,3,V, D-

Page 66: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000

125 Series Corrosion Resistant Drive Accessories

Drive Accessories

2 X .75 NPT56

2.12

2.20

7.20 6.35.85

.188

5.63

1.20Washdown DC Control

2 X .75 NPT56

2.12

2.20

7.20 6.35.85

.188

5.63

1.20Washdown AC Control

Drive Shaft Extensions and Couplings

A

B

2.50

1.62

Part Number

125R-0009-02

A

.5 in. dia.

B

.5 in. dia.

**Torque Rating(Inch Lbs.)

78

Single Piece Flex Coupling Drive Extension Shafts

1/2 HEX

LENGTH

1/27/ 81 1/ 4

Length Part No.

125R-0005-23

125R-0005-35

125R-0005-47

125R-0005-59

125R-0005-71

125R-0005-83

125R-0005-95

23 in.

35 in.

47 in.

59 in.

71 in.

83 in.

95 in.

125R-0009-03 .5 in. dia. .5 hex 78

The Single Piece Flex Coupling isused to couple the remote mountedmotor with the conveyor drive shaft.This coupling can also be used tocouple between gang drivenconveyors.

The Drive Extension Shaft can beused to gang drive multipleconveyors and/or for power take-offof remote drives.

125R-0009-08* .5 in. dia. .472 dia. 78

66

*For use with corrosion resistant standard duty drives only**Value based on non-reversing applications with an angularoffset of up to 5O.

125R-0009-03 couplings pictured

Specifications/Features:

115 V AC, 1 phase input, 90 V DC, 1 hp max output230 V AC, 1 phase input, 180 V DC, 2 hp max output30:1 speed rangeUL/ULc/CENEMA 4X EnclosureSpeed adjustment potentiometerForward/Off/Reverse switchMin/Max & Accel/Decel settings

To Order:Part Number:125-0054-38 NEMA 4X DC Control

This 4X washdown controller can be used in a wet or dustyenvironment.

Specifications/Features:

115/230 V AC, 1 phase, 50/60 hz input, 3 phase out, 1 hp max output10:1 speed range (when used with ID motor)UL/ULcNEMA 4X EnclosureSpeed adjustment potentiometerRun/Stop switchCarrier frequency selectable for quiet operation

To Order:Part Number:125-0054-37 NEMA 4X AC Control

This 4X washdown controller can be used in a wet or dustyenvironment.

Page 67: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000

90O Transfer Plate

Conveyor Width Part No.

125-0220-02125-0220-03125-0220-04125-0220-06125-0220-08125-0220-10125-0220-12125-0220-18125-0220-24

2 in.3 in.4 in.6 in.8 in.10 in.12 in.18 in.24 in.

Conveyor Width Part No.

125R-0230-02125R-0230-03125R-0230-04125R-0230-06125R-0230-08125R-0230-10125R-0230-12125R-0230-18125R-0230-24

2 in.3 in.4 in.6 in.8 in.10 in.12 in.18 in.24 in.

Note 1: Transfer plates are not intendedfor use with high friction or cleated belts.

Note 2: Discharge conveyor must bepushing.

Note 3: Customer to drill screw holes tomount plate.

Inline Transfer Plate

Note:Transfer plates are not intended for usewith high friction or cleated belts.

Adjustable Diverters

To Order:Part No. 125R-0250-000

Adjustable Stops

To Order:

1. Select an adjustable stop for 1”sides, 2” sides, or single tee slot(See pages 54 & 56)

2. Using the chart below, fill in thepart number using the nominal widthof the conveyor for the last two digitsof the part number

Example: 125R-0232-04End Stop for a 4” wide conveyor that has1” aluminum side rails with wear strip

Note:

The pivot mount attaches to the tailend of the conveyor and enables apivot point from which other devicescan lift the conveyor.

Includes left and right hand mount

Pivot Mount Set

To Order:Part No. 125R-0172-00

1” Sides2” SidesSingle Tee Slot

125R-0232-WW125R-0234-WW125R-0233-WW

Part No.

Automation Accessories

67

Note:

The adjustable diverter comes with a5’ piece of UHMW rail and (2)mounting assemblies that the usercan utilize to help orient the productaround a 90O transfer.

Page 68: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000

125 Z Series Z Conveyors

68

A

C

B

ANGLE°

ANGLE°

1.89

.88

.42 6.13

W - .10 =BELT WIDTH

.82

.75

W + 2.33

1.00 SHAFTLENGTH

.50 DIA.1/8 SQ. KEY

W + .31 =FRAME WIDTH

Specifications

Note: As in allindustries, technicalspecifications willchange withtechnology updates.Please contactfactory or seewww.qcindustries.comfor the most up-to-date drawings.

• Width 8” to 24”• Length 54” to 240”• Profile 1.89” high• Drive Pulley 1.31” Diameter• Load Carrying Capacity to 125 lbs.*• Speed Range up to 225 fpm• Multiple cleat heights available

Overview Dimensions

*See Technical Data on page 79

Page 69: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000

Features & Benefits

69

• Single point belt tension is achieved through a snap-in eccentric tailassembly designed to pull through the natural elongation characteristics ofthe belt and provide quick and easy belt change capacity

• Crowned sealed tail assembly is designedto promote excellent belt tracking and isequipped with superior needle bearingswith seals that are filled with highperformance grease

• Thrust washers designed into the tailassembly provide axial float, which allows the assembly to move with thenatural camber of the belt and protect bearings against off-center loadconditions

• Grease fitting design in the tail assembly allows for lubrication of bearingswhile the conveyor is running, resulting in zero down time during lubrication

• Precision bearing alignment is guaranteed within the pressed tail assembly,providing optimal conditions to move the heaviest loads in low profile conveyors

• Eccentric tracking bushing allows for single point tracking control at theidler end of the conveyor

• Straight knurl design used to prevent premature wear on the carcass of thebelt and still provide superior grip to overcome start-up inertia

• Crowned sealed drive assembly designed topromote superior belt tracking, and is equippedwith superior needle bearings with seals thatare filled with high performance grease

• Thrust washers designed into the driveassembly provide axial float, which allows theassembly to move with the natural camber ofthe belt and protect bearings against off-center load conditions

• Discreet needle fitting lubrication points in each bearing housing allows forlubrication of bearings while the conveyor is running, resulting in zero downtime during lubrication

• Precision bearing alignment is guaranteed within the pressed bearingassemblies that are piloted on body fitted studs, providing optimal conditions tomove the heaviest loads in low profile conveyors

• Threaded tracking adjustment points provide simple responsive belt trackingthat retain settings, even during belt removal

• Drive pulley is available in solid output design and dual output design

• Low profile design provides tight product transfers and the ability to fit into space-constrainedareas

• Single piece 10-gauge steel framework is laser cut and formed to create a single-body frameconstruction, ensuring frame integrity

• Tight tolerance belting and our unique snap-out sealed tail assembly provide for a quick beltchange (less than 5 minutes) that is normally achieved without having to remove the drivepackages or side rails

• Fixed angles ranging from 30O to 90O minimize the number of required components, reducingcosts as well as providing an industry best load carrying capacity

• High tensile strength cleated belts offer superior strength-to-weight ratio and are available invarious styles and heights. Cleats are always high frequency welded to customer desiredspacing and never glued to the top surface of the belt

• All components in our conveyors are produced on state-of-the-art manufacturingequipment

Multiple cleat sizes and styles availableSee page 81 Step 5 for options

Corrugated sidesavailable with1 inch cleats

• Patent-pending Z TrackTM is a unique design of the angleidler assembly that offersusers a way to gain controlover belt tracking at theangles of incline or decline

• Z TrackTM adjusts rapidly forbelt installation andtracking adjustments at theangles of incline or declineand locks in the tracking setting to ensure long-termperformance

• Z TrackTM components are precision manufactured andproduced as a pressed, sealed-for-life assembly that iswell-guarded to avoid dangerous pinch points at theangles of incline or decline

Tail Assembly Drive Assembly

Z Track

Conveyor

Page 70: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000

125 Z Series L Conveyors

70

ANGLE°

A

B

.88

.82

1.89

.42

6.13

W + 2.33

1.00 SHAFTLENGTH

.50 DIA.1/8 SQ. KEY

.75

W - .10 =BELT WIDTH

W + .31 =FRAME WIDTH

Specifications

Note: As in allindustries, technicalspecifications willchange withtechnology updates.Please contactfactory or seewww.qcindustries.comfor the most up-to-date drawings.

• Width 8” to 24”• Length 36” to 240”• Profile 1.89” high• Drive Pulley 1.31” Diameter• Load Carrying Capacity to 125 lbs.*• Speed Range up to 225 fpm• Multiple cleat heights available

Overview Dimensions

*See Technical Data on page 79

Page 71: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000

FeaturesFeatures & Benefits

7171

• Single point belt tension is achieved through a snap-in eccentric tailassembly designed to pull through the natural elongation characteristics ofthe belt and provide quick and easy belt change capacity

• Crowned sealed tail assembly is designedto promote excellent belt tracking and isequipped with superior needle bearingswith seals that are filled with highperformance grease

• Thrust washers designed into the tailassembly provide axial float, which allows the assembly to move with thenatural camber of the belt and protect bearings against off-center loadconditions

• Grease fitting design in the tail assembly allows for lubrication of bearingswhile the conveyor is running, resulting in zero down time during lubrication

• Precision bearing alignment is guaranteed within the pressed tail assembly,providing optimal conditions to move the heaviest loads in low profile conveyors

• Eccentric tracking bushing allows for single point tracking control at theidler end of the conveyor

• Straight knurl design used to prevent premature wear on the carcassof the belt and still provide superior grip to overcome start-up inertia

• Crowned sealed drive assembly designed topromote superior belt tracking, and is equippedwith superior needle bearings with seals thatare filled with high performance grease

• Thrust washers designed into the driveassembly provide axial float, which allows theassembly to move with the natural camber ofthe belt and protect bearings against off-center load conditions

• Discreet needle fitting lubrication points in each bearing housing allows forlubrication of bearings while the conveyor is running, resulting in zerodown time during lubrication

• Precision bearing alignment is guaranteed within the pressed bearingassemblies that are piloted on body fitted studs, providing optimalconditions to move the heaviest loads in low profile conveyors

• Threaded tracking adjustment points provide simple responsive belttracking that retain settings, even during belt removal

• Drive pulley is available in solid output design and dual output design

• Low profile design provides tight product transfers and the ability to fit into space-constrainedareas

• Single piece 10-gauge steel framework is laser cut and formed to create a single-body frameconstruction, ensuring frame integrity

• Tight tolerance belting and our unique snap-out sealed tail assembly provide for a quick beltchange (less than 5 minutes) that is normally achieved without having to remove the drivepackages or side rails

• Fixed angles ranging from 30O to 90O minimize the number of required components, reducingcosts as well as providing an industry best load carrying capacity

• High tensile strength cleated belts offer superior strength-to-weight ratio and are available invarious styles and heights. Cleats are always high frequency welded to customer desiredspacing and never glued to the top surface of the belt

• All components in our conveyors are produced on state-of-the-art manufacturing equipment

Multiple cleat sizes and styles availableSee page 81 Step 5 for options

Corrugated sidesavailable with1 inch cleats

• Patent-pending Z TrackTM is a unique design of the angleidler assembly that offers usersa way to gain control overbelt tracking at the angles ofincline or decline

• Z TrackTM adjusts rapidly forbelt installation and trackingadjustments at the angles ofincline or decline and locks inthe tracking setting to ensure long-term performance

• Z TrackTM components are precision manufactured andproduced as a pressed, sealed-for-life assembly that iswell-guarded to avoid dangerous pinch points at theangles of incline or decline

Tail Assembly Drive Assembly

Z Track

Conveyor

Page 72: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000

125 Z Series R Conveyors

72

A

B

ANGLE°

.82

W - .10 =BELT WIDTH

.42 6.13

1.89

.88

.76

W + 2.33

1.00 SHAFTLENGTH

.50 DIA.1/8 SQ. KEY

W + .31 =FRAME WIDTH

Specifications

Note: As in allindustries, technicalspecifications willchange withtechnology updates.Please contactfactory or seewww.qcindustries.comfor the most up-to-date drawings.

• Width 8” to 24”• Length 36” to 240”• Profile 1.89” high• Drive Pulley 1.31” Diameter• Load Carrying Capacity to 125 lbs.*• Speed Range up to 225 fpm• Multiple Cleat Heights Available

Overview Dimensions

*See Technical Data on page 79

Page 73: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000

FeaturesFeaturesFeatures & Benefits

• Single point belt tension is achieved through a snap-in eccentric tailassembly designed to pull through the natural elongation characteristics ofthe belt and provide quick and easy belt change capacity

• Crowned sealed tail assembly is designedto promote excellent belt tracking and isequipped with superior needle bearings withseals that are filled with high performancegrease

• Thrust washers designed into the tailassembly provide axial float, which allows the assembly to move with thenatural camber of the belt and protect bearings against off-center loadconditions

• Grease fitting design in the tail assembly allows for lubrication of bearingswhile the conveyor is running, resulting in zero down time during lubrication

• Precision bearing alignment is guaranteed within the pressed tail assembly,providing optimal conditions to move the heaviest loads in low profile conveyors

• Eccentric tracking bushing allows for single point tracking control at the idlerend of the conveyor

• Straight knurl design used to prevent premature wear on the carcass ofthe belt and still provide superior grip to overcome start-up inertia

• Crowned sealed drive assembly designed topromote superior belt tracking, and is equippedwith superior needle bearings with seals thatare filled with high performance grease

• Thrust washers designed into the driveassembly provide axial float, which allows theassembly to move with the natural camber ofthe belt and protect bearings against off-center load conditions

• Discreet needle fitting lubrication points in each bearing housing allows forlubrication of bearings while the conveyor is running, resulting in zero downtime during lubrication

• Precision bearing alignment is guaranteed within the pressed bearingassemblies that are piloted on body fitted studs, providing optimal conditionsto move the heaviest loads in low profile conveyors

• Threaded tracking adjustment points provide simple responsive belttracking that retain settings, even during belt removal

• Drive pulley is available in solid output design and dual output design

• Low profile design provides tight product transfers and the ability to fit into space-constrainedareas

• Single piece 10-gauge steel framework is laser cut and formed to create a single-body frameconstruction, ensuring frame integrity

• Tight tolerance belting and our unique snap-out sealed tail assembly provide for a quick beltchange (less than 5 minutes) that is normally achieved without having to remove the drivepackages or side rails

• Fixed angles ranging from 30O to 90O minimize the number of required components, reducingcosts as well as providing an industry best load carrying capacity

• High tensile strength cleated belts offer superior strength-to-weight ratio and areavailable in various styles and heights. Cleats are always high frequency welded tocustomer desired spacing and never glued to the top surface of the belt

• All components in our conveyors are produced on state-of-the-artmanufacturing equipment

Multiple cleat sizes and styles availableSee page 81 Step 5 for options

Corrugated sidesavailable with1 inch cleats

• Patent-pending Z TrackTM is a unique design of the angleidler assembly that offersusers a way to gain controlover belt tracking at theangles of incline or decline

• Z TrackTM adjusts rapidly forbelt installation andtracking adjustments at theangles of incline or declineand locks in the tracking setting to ensure long-termperformance

• Z TrackTM components are precision manufactured andproduced as a pressed, sealed-for-life assembly that iswell-guarded to avoid dangerous pinch points at theangles of incline or decline

Tail Assembly Drive Assembly

Z Track

Conveyor

73

Page 74: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000

125 Z Series U Special Conveyors

74

W + .31 =FRAME WIDTH

W - .10 =BELT WIDTH

6.13

.82

ANGLE° ANGLE°

1.89

.88

B

A C

W + 2.33

1.00 SHAFTLENGTH

.75 .50 DIA.1/8 SQ. KEY

.42

Specifications

Note: As in allindustries, technicalspecifications willchange withtechnology updates.Please contactfactory or seewww.qcindustries.comfor the most up-to-date drawings.

• Width 8” to 24”• Length 54” to 240”• Profile 1.89” high• Drive Pulley 1.31” Diameter• Load Carrying Capacity to 125 lbs.*• Speed Range up to 225 fpm• Multiple cleat heights available

Overview Dimensions

*See Technical Data on page 79

Page 75: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000 75

Features & Benefits

• Single point belt tension is achieved through a snap-in eccentric tailassembly designed to pull through the natural elongation characteristics ofthe belt and provide quick and easy belt change capacity

• Crowned sealed tail assembly is designedto promote excellent belt tracking and isequipped with superior needle bearingswith seals that are filled with highperformance grease

• Thrust washers designed into the tailassembly provide axial float, which allows the assembly to move with thenatural camber of the belt and protect bearings against off-center loadconditions

• Grease fitting design in the tail assembly allows for lubrication of bearingswhile the conveyor is running, resulting in zero down time during lubrication

• Precision bearing alignment is guaranteed within the pressed tail assembly,providing optimal conditions to move the heaviest loads in low profile conveyors

• Eccentric tracking bushing allows for single point tracking control at theidler end of the conveyor

• Straight knurl design used to prevent premature wear on the carcass ofthe belt and still provide superior grip to overcome start-up inertia

• Crowned sealed drive assembly designed topromote superior belt tracking, and is equippedwith superior needle bearings with seals thatare filled with high performance grease

• Thrust washers designed into the driveassembly provide axial float, which allows theassembly to move with the natural camber ofthe belt and protect bearings against off-center load conditions

• Discreet needle fitting lubrication points in each bearing housing allows forlubrication of bearings while the conveyor is running, resulting in zero downtime during lubrication

• Precision bearing alignment is guaranteed within the pressed bearingassemblies that are piloted on body fitted studs, providing optimal conditionsto move the heaviest loads in low profile conveyors

• Threaded tracking adjustment points provide simple responsive belttracking that retain settings, even during belt removal

• Drive pulley is available in solid output design and dual output design

• Low profile design provides tight product transfers and the ability to fit into space-constrainedareas

• Single piece 10-gauge steel framework is laser cut and formed to create a single-body frameconstruction, ensuring frame integrity

• Tight tolerance belting and our unique snap-out sealed tail assembly provide for a quick beltchange (less than 5 minutes) that is normally achieved without having to remove the drivepackages or side rails

• Fixed angles ranging from 30O to 90O minimize the number of required components, reducingcosts as well as providing an industry best load carrying capacity

• High tensile strength cleated belts offer superior strength-to-weight ratio and are available invarious styles and heights. Cleats are always high frequency welded to customer desiredspacing and never glued to the top surface of the belt

• All components in our conveyors are produced on state-of-the-art manufacturing equipment

Multiple cleat sizes and styles availableSee page 81 Step 5 for options

Corrugated sidesavailable with1 inch cleats

• Patent-pending Z TrackTM is a unique design of theangle idler assembly thatoffers users a way to gaincontrol over belt trackingat the angles of incline ordecline

• Z TrackTM adjusts rapidly forbelt installation andtracking adjustments at theangles of incline or decline and locks in the trackingsetting to ensure long-term performance

• Z TrackTM components are precision manufactured andproduced as a pressed, sealed-for-life assembly that iswell-guarded to avoid dangerous pinch points at theangles of incline or decline

Tail Assembly Drive Assembly

Z Track

Conveyor

Page 76: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000

125 Z Series N Special Conveyors

76

Specifications

W + .31 =FRAME WIDTH

W - .10 BELT

ANGLE° ANGLE°

6.131.89

.82.88

.42

B

.75

W + 2.33

1.00 SHAFTLENGTH

.50 DIA.1/8 SQ. KEY

A C

Note: As in allindustries, technicalspecifications willchange withtechnology updates.Please contactfactory or seewww.qcindustries.comfor the most up-to-date drawings.

• Width 8” to 24”• Length 54” to 240”• Profile 1.89” high• Drive Pulley 1.31” Diameter• Load Carrying Capacity to 125 lbs.*• Speed Range up to 225 fpm• Multiple cleat heights available

Overview Dimensions

*See Technical Data on page 79

Page 77: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000

Features & Benefits

• Single point belt tension is achieved through a snap-in eccentric tailassembly designed to pull through the natural elongation characteristics ofthe belt and provide quick and easy belt change capacity

• Crowned sealed tail assembly is designedto promote excellent belt tracking and isequipped with superior needle bearingswith seals that are filled with highperformance grease

• Thrust washers designed into the tailassembly provide axial float, which allows the assembly to move with thenatural camber of the belt and protect bearings against off-center loadconditions

• Grease fitting design in the tail assembly allows for lubrication of bearingswhile the conveyor is running, resulting in zero down time during lubrication

• Precision bearing alignment is guaranteed within the pressed tail assembly,providing optimal conditions to move the heaviest loads in low profile conveyors

• Eccentric tracking bushing allows for single point tracking control at theidler end of the conveyor

• Straight knurl design used to prevent premature wear on the carcass ofthe belt and still provide superior grip to overcome start-up inertia

• Crowned sealed drive assembly designed topromote superior belt tracking, and is equippedwith superior needle bearings with sealsthat are filled with high performance grease

• Thrust washers designed into the driveassembly provide axial float, which allows theassembly to move with the natural camber ofthe belt and protect bearings against off-center load conditions

• Discreet needle fitting lubrication points in each bearing housing allows forlubrication of bearings while the conveyor is running, resulting in zero downtime during lubrication

• Precision bearing alignment is guaranteed within the pressed bearingassemblies that are piloted on body fitted studs, providing optimal conditionsto move the heaviest loads in low profile conveyors

• Threaded tracking adjustment points provide simple responsive belttracking that retain settings, even during belt removal

• Drive pulley is available in solid output design and dual output design

• Low profile design provides tight product transfers and the ability to fit into space-constrainedareas

• Single piece 10-gauge steel framework is laser cut and formed to create a single-body frameconstruction, ensuring frame integrity

• Tight tolerance belting and our unique snap-out sealed tail assembly provide for a quick beltchange (less than 5 minutes) that is normally achieved without having to remove the drivepackages or side rails

• Fixed angles ranging from 30O to 90O minimize the number of required components, reducingcosts as well as providing an industry best load carrying capacity

• High tensile strength cleated belts offer superior strength-to-weight ratio and areavailable in various styles and heights. Cleats are always high frequency welded tocustomer desired spacing and never glued to the top surface of the belt

• All components in our conveyors are produced on state-of-the-artmanufacturing equipment

Multiple cleat sizes and styles availableSee page 81 Step 5 for options

Corrugated sidesavailable with1 inch cleats

• Patent-pending Z TrackTM is a unique design of the angleidler assembly that offersusers a way to gain controlover belt tracking at theangles of incline or decline

• Z TrackTM adjusts rapidly forbelt installation andtracking adjustments at theangles of incline or declineand locks in the tracking setting to ensure long-termperformance

• Z TrackTM components are precision manufactured andproduced as a pressed, sealed-for-life assembly that iswell-guarded to avoid dangerous pinch points at theangles of incline or decline

Tail Assembly Drive Assembly

Z Track

Conveyor

77QC Industries 513.753.6000

Page 78: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000

125 Z Series Conveyors

78

Selecting the Frame Arrangement Pages 78 through 81 should be used to size, select, and compilea part number. Please use the steps below to begin the process

ZSee steps below

LSee steps below

RSee steps below

UConsult Factory

NConsult Factory

1a

1b

2a

2b

3

4

a

b

c

y

xA°

Q

To Determine the Conveyor Floor Length Run**This section is provided to allow the user to determine the overall floor space. It is not necessary information for placing an order.

Choose an infeed height

Choose an infeed length (if Z or L)in 6” increments

1a

1b

1a

1b

Example

12”

24”

Choose a discharge height

Choose a discharge length (if Z or R)in 6” increments

2a

2b

2a

2b

48”

18”

Determine rise (the difference betweenthe discharge and infeed heights)in inches 3 3

Select the angle and enter the constantfrom the table below

4 4Angle 30O 45O 60O 75O 90O

Constant (K) .5 .7 .87 .97 1

Determine the last frame section length

(Rise/K) + 2

Choose a frame length in 6” increments

5

5

48”-12”36”

36”

45O .7

(36 / .7) + 2 = 53.4

54”

2a

Recalculate discharge height

((Step 5 - 2) * K) + 1a

If new height is not acceptable, choose a different length (in 6” increments) for the center frame section andrecalculate. If the center frame section is changed, pleasecheck the discharge length in step 2b for proper distance.

2a

2a 48.4”

(Round up toa 6” increment)

Use the values from 1b, 2b, and 5 in the length section of the conveyor part number. See page 80.

Key

a = a frame lengthb = b frame lengthc = c frame lengthy = risex = runAO = angleQ = overall length

1) Solve for X X = b2 - y2

2) Solve for Q

542 - 362 = 40.251)2) 24

+40.25+18- 6=76.25

Example for Z

For a Z:For an L:For an R:

Q = (A + X + C) - 6Q = (A + X) - 4Q = (B + X) -4

2a - 1a

(Revised)

((54 - 2) * .7) + 12 = 48.4

Page 79: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000 79

All applications require certain performance characteristics from the conveyor.QC Industries has developed a sizing system that condenses theseparameters into a common factor called Equivalent Load. For instance, aconveyor application that is carrying a 5 lb. load up an incline is required tomove a load equivalent to more than merely the 5 lbs. of product placed uponthe belt.

Please follow the 3 steps below to determine the Equivalent Load foryour application. These results will then be used to properly size the torquerequirement for the gearmotor arrangement. (pages 86-89).

Load Carrying Capacity - Figure 79-A

Incline/Decline Load Factors - Figure 79-B

Conveyor Friction - Figure 79-C

Write down the equivalent load on the application data sheet (found in theback of the catalog). The equivalent load is needed to properly size agearmotor for the conveyor. (Ref. Gearmotors pages 86-89)

Example:50 lbs. (Step 1)

+115 lbs (Step 2)+ 96 lbs (Step 3)

261 lbs Equivalent Load

Next, proceed to the next page to construct the belt part number.

150

135

120

105

90

75

60

45

30

15

0

Above load carrying capacities are for both drive pushing and pulling applications.Note: for drive pushing applications, decrease load capacity of conveyor by 1/2.

8 10 12 18 24

67

125

Pushing (Drive Location C&D)Pulling (Drive Location A&B)

Lbs.

Belt Width

Equ

ival

nt L

oad

Con

stan

t

AngleFactor

3.5

3.0

2.5

2.0

1.5

1.0

0.5

0.0

1.6 2.3 2.8 3.130 45 60 75

1.6

2.3

2.83.1

Conveyor Width

Frictional Load

Equ

ival

ent L

oad

200

150

100

50

8 10 12 18 24

72 84 96 132 168

72 84 96

132

168

Technical Data

1. Nominal Load

Equivalent Load SUM (1 thru 3)

Enter the load (in pounds) that the conveyor must carry on Line 1.

Use Figure 79-A to cross-reference the load calculation with the conveyor’sload carrying capacity; drive pulling or drive pushing.

Example: Product is a box weighing 2 lbs. There will be 25 boxes on theconveyor at any one time. 2 lbx x 25 = 50 lb. load. Conveyor width is 12inches, which is capable of carrying 125 lbs. pulling. (Ref. Figure 79-A)

These applications utilize an incline or decline. Choose a factor fromFigure 79-B based upon the angle of incline/decline, then multiply thatfactor by the total nominal load from Line 1 above. Enter the result onLine 2.

Example: 50 lb. (nominal load) x 2.3 (45O factor) = 115 lb. load equivalent

All conveyors have a certain amount of friction that must be factored into theload. To determine how much additional load must be factored in, either add4 to the conveyor’s width, then multiply by 6, or simply choose the valuefrom Figure 79-C. Enter the result on Line 3.

Example: 4 + 12 (Conv Width) x 6 = 96 lb. load equivalent (Ref. Fig. 79-C)

lbs.

0

1.

2. Incline/Decline [Factor] x [Load] = 2.

3. Frictional Load 3.

67

125

67

125

67

125

67

125

3.490

3.4

Note: See page 81

Page 80: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000

125 Z Series Z Conveyors

80

How to Order

Step 1

Step 2

- - -1 E S

SeriesD

rive Type

Construction

Frame

Frame StyleW

idthW

idth

LengthLengthLength

Drive Location

Drive PulleyTail Pulley

1 = 125 E = End Drive S = Standard B = 1.81” Powder Coat (Beige)E = 1.81” Stainless Steel

Z = Z FramesR = R FramesL = L Frames

Lengths

Step 1 Step 4

Frame Frame StyleConstructionDrive TypeSeries

Step 3Step 2

Angle

LengthLengthLengthLength

LengthLength

Belt

Belt

Belt

# of Cleats

# of Cleats

# of Cleats

Step 3

ASection

BSection

CSection

Widths

Width

8”

10”

12”

18”

24”

Note: The nominal width ofthe conveyor is not usablebelt space. Please refer tothe drawings and table todetermine a width for yourapplication. Option A showsa cleated belt withadjustable guide rails (seepage 82) while option Bshows a cleated belt withcorrugated sidewall (seepage 81)

Order Code

08

10

12

18

24

A- Maximum Part Width

4.20”

6.20”

8.20”

12.92”

18.92”

Cleat width when using side rails Cleat width when using corrugated sidewall

B - Maximum Part Width

3.56”

5.56”

7.56”

12.24”

18.24”

18” 24” 30” 36” 42” 48” 54” 60” 66” 72” 78” 84” 90” 96” 102” 108” 114” 120” 126” 132”Order Code 018 024 030 036 042 048 054 060 066 072 078 084 090 096 102 108 114 120 126 132

Note: Use the valuesdetermined on page 78.

Note: Total frame sectionsshould not exceed 20’.a + b + c <=20’

Step 5 Step 6

a AO b c a AO b a AO b

Angle for AO 30O 45O 60O 75O 90O

Order Code B C D E F by

Q

Example Length:024C054018

54”

18”

45O

A B

Angle

Frame Lengths for a, b, and c

For U & N frame styles, contact factoryCustom colors available - contact factory

24”

Page 81: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000

Example: 1ESBZ12-024C054018-BSQ-ZAG031125 Z Series conveyor with powder coated frame, “Z” style, 12” wide with 24” horizontal section inclining at 45O for54”, changing to a horizontal section for 18”. Drive is located in position “B” using a standard drive pulley andstandard tail pulley. Belt is a standard urethane belt with (31) 1” high cleats on approximately 6” cleat-to-cleat centers.

Step 4

Step 5

Drive Location

D

B

A

C

How to Order (continued)

81

Step 6

Choose three digit belt ordering code

.132.00

20˚

1"

.203.00

.20

2.00

.20

1.00

.20

.75.50

.20

1/2” High Cleat 3/4” High Cleat 1” High Cleat 2” High Cleat 3” High Cleat2” High

Angled Cleat

1” High CorrugatedSidewall with1” High Cleat

Example: ZAG = 1” Cleat Height ZAE ZAF ZAG ZAI ZAK ZAJ ZAH*

*Max. incline/decline angle for corrugated sidewall 60O

Example:a = 24”, b = 36”, c = 24” Cleat spacing desired = 6”Overall belt length = (24 + 36 + 24) x 2 = 168 - 8 = 160Total # of cleats is 160/6 = 27 (rounded to nearest odd number)

As standard, we assemble theconveyor, track the pre-tensioned belt and quality checkevery conveyor before we shipto the customer. Certainconveyor lengths andconfigurations will shipunassembled. Accessoriessuch as Drives, Stands, Mounts,and Guides are packagedseparately and are shippedunassembled with the conveyorto prevent damage duringshipment. Complete assemblycan be provided upon request;please contact our factory fordetails.

Determine endless belt length (Solve for N)((a + b + c) x 2) - 8 = N

Determine number of cleatsN/ Desired spacing

Example: 160/6= 27

1)

Determine endless belt length (Solve for N)((a + b) x 2) - 4 = N

Determine number of cleatsN/Desired spacing

2)

Determine endless belt length (Solve for N)((a + b) x 2) - 4 = N

Determine number of cleatsN/ Desired spacing

1)

2)

1)

2)

Determine the Number of Cleats

Z

L

R

Order Code Example: ZAG027

Drive Pulley Type Tail Pulley Type

1/2” Dia*Cap

Solid Output ShaftS

D1/2” Dia*1/2” Dia*

Dual Output

QStandard

DDetectable

Standa

rd

Standa

rd

Option

see p

g.42

* 1/8” sq. key included

Page 82: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

W + 2.81

W + 5.95

W - 3.27*W - 4.55**

2.50 MAX. 1.13 MIN.

W + 2.81

W + 5.95

4.34

W - 3.55*W - 4.83**

5.25 MAX. 3.00 MIN.

2-Axis Adjustable Guides

When the end user requires a conveyor with corrugatedsidewall belting and a flared side, end chute or hopper, thisguide rail is needed. It provides a 2” high side rail and thenecessary mounting to support the flared sides, end chutesand hopper (sold separately - reference page 83). Theguiderail incorporates a 2-axis adjustment that allows raisingthe side rail above the corrugated sidewall, providing aprecise “drop zone” into the cleat pocket.

To Order:

Part Number:125-0282-LLL-S* 2” high 2-Axis Adjustable Guide Rail

*The guide rail length should equal the length of the flared side rail,which is ordered separately (reference page 83). The guide rail is onlyrequired on the infeed frame a-section (reference conveyor ordering -page 80).

The Adjustable Side Rails are used when a guide isrequired to run the length of the conveyor. Adjustable guiderails are available in 1”, 2”, and 3” heights. The 2” and 3”guide may be used in conjunction with the Flared Sides,End Stop and Hopper (sold separately - reference page83).

Part Number Key

QC Industries 513.753.6000

125 Z Series Adjustable Guide Rails

82

**

W + 4.31

W - 4.43 *

W + .31

W - 5.71

W + 5.95

W + 2.81

4.34

W - 3.42*W - 4.70**

3.25 MAX.1.99 MIN.

Infeed Guide

a,b,c = Frame Sections

aaa = a Section Lengthbbb = b Section Lengthccc = c Section Length*

*Not necessary for R or Lconveyors

A = Angle

B = 30O

C = 45O

D = 60O

E = 75O

F = 90O

For use with corrugated sidewallbelting

1” H Guide AssemblyPart# Z-0281- (see table at right)

2” H Guide AssemblyPart# Z-0282- (see table at right)

3” H Guide AssemblyPart# Z-0283- (see table at right)

* For 8” - 12” conveyors** For 18” - 24” conveyors

To Order:

1” Z-0281-ZA aaa bbb ccc2” Z-0282-ZA aaa bbb ccc3” Z-0283-ZA aaa bbb ccc

1” Z-0281-RA aaa bbb2” Z-0282-RA aaa bbb3” Z-0283-RA aaa bbb

1” Z-0281-LA aaa bbb2” Z-0282-LA aaa bbb3” Z-0283-LA aaa bbb

R

L

Z

Example: Z-0281-ZB0360720018

1” high guide assembly for a 30O Z style conveyorthat has a 36” infeed, 72” rise, and 18” discharge

For use with cleated belting withoutcorrugated sidewall

Adjustable Guide Rails

* For 8” - 12” conveyors** For 18” - 24” conveyors

* For 8” - 12” conveyors** For 18” - 24” conveyors

* For 8” - 12” conveyors** For 18” - 24” conveyors

Page 83: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000 83

Flared Side Rails are ideal forapplications that require a “drop zone”wider than the width of the conveyor.The flared side rails attach to the 2-AxisAdjustable Guides or the Infeed Guiderails, sold separately and shown onpage 82.

2.00 MAXCLEAT HEIGHT

*

*W + 2.38

W - 3.42

W + .31

4.98

45°

L

W - 4.70

W + 1.10

Flared Side Rails*

To Order:

Z-1004-012 12” lengthZ-1004-018 18” lengthZ-1004-024 24” lengthZ-1004-030 30” lengthZ-1004-036 36” lengthZ-1004-042 42” lengthZ-1004-048 48” length

Example:(1) Z-1004-024A set of 24” long flared side rails

Note: Flared sides must be at least 6” shorterthan the frame section length

* End Stops must be mounted to flaredsides as shown above. Flared sides soldseparately.

Hopper assemblies are created byordering (2) End Stops. The stops canbe easily placed anywhere along thelength of the flared rails to create ahopper of varying size.

To Order:Order a quantity of (2) to make a hopper

Width Part No. Part No.*8” Z-0234-08 Z-0234-CSW-08

10” Z-0234-10 Z-0234-CSW-1012” Z-0234-12 Z-0234-CSW-1218” Z-0234-18 Z-0234-CSW-18 24” Z-0234-24 Z-0234-CSW-24*Note: Use the part number that contains “CSW”when your conveyor utilizes a CorrugatedSidewall belt material.

Example:Z-0234-12 (Quantity: 2)Two end stops, which create a hopper fora conveyor without a corrugated sidewallbelt

Flared Side Rails & Hoppers

End Stops*

Adjustable Hopper*

* Hopper must be mounted to flared sidesas shown above. Flared sides soldseparately.

1.00 MAX CLEAT& C.S.W. HEIGHT

*

*W + 1.38

W - 4.4445°

5.94

W + .31

L

W - 5.72

W + .10

*

* W + .31

W + 3.75

W - 3.50

5.06

2.9020°W + 2.47

W - 4.78

*

*

W + .31

W + 2.75W + 1.47

6.03

W - 4.50W - 5.78

3.1020°

3.10

L

3.10

*18” and 24” wide conveyors only

*18” and 24”wide conveyors

only

2.90

L

2.90

*18” and 24” wide conveyors only

*18” and 24”wide conveyors

only

*Flared Sides must be mounted to the2-Axis Adjustable Guides soldseparately on pg. 82.

End Stops are used in conjunction with theFlared Side Rails. Stops are adjustabledown the length of the Flared Rail andinclude a UHMW flap to help prevent partsfrom dropping off the end of the conveyor.

To Order:Width Part No. Part No.*

8” Z-0234-08 Z-0234-CSW-0810” Z-0234-10 Z-0234-CSW-1012” Z-0234-12 Z-0234-CSW-1218” Z-0234-18 Z-0234-CSW-18 24” Z-0234-24 Z-0234-CSW-24*Note: Use the part number that contains “CSW”when your conveyor utilizes a Corrugated Sidewallbelt material. (Belt ordering code: ZAH)

Example:Z-0234-12One end stop for a conveyor without acorrugated sidewall belt

Page 84: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000

125 Z Series Stands

84

Cross Ties - Available LengthsLLL024036048060072096120144

To order:

Aluminum Cross Ties

Inches24”36”48”60”72”96”

120”144”

Part No.125 - 0235 -

LLL

Enter length of cross ties needed into the “LLL” sectionabove. A quantity of one includes (2) cross ties.Note: Cross ties require customer to cut to lengthbecause of stand placement variations.

Example: 125-0235-024

Aluminum cross ties are used when infeed height isabove 18”. For heights below 18”, use the Z crossbrace (see page 85).

With FeetDischarge StandCross TieInfeed Stand

To Order:

Prefix2234

2234

2233

2233

2233

2233

2233

2233

2233

2233

Type*F or C-

F or C-

F or C-

F or C-

F or C-

F or C-

F or C-

F or C-

F or C-

F or C-

Low TOB**9-

12-

15-

18-

21-

24-

27-

30-

33-

36-

High TOB**12-

15-

18-

21-

24-

27-

30-

33-

36-

39-

Width***WW

WW

WW

WW

WW

WW

WW

WW

WW

WW*Feet or Caster ***Nominal Conveyor Width

Infeed Stand Legend Discharge Stand Legend

Aluminum Stand (for infeed heights greater than 9”)

Prefix2233

2233

2233

2233

2233

2233

2233

2233

2233

2233

2233

Type*F or C-

F or C-

F or C-

F or C-

F or C-

F or C-

F or C-

F or C-

F or C-

F or C-

F or C-

Low TOB**24-

27-

30-

33-

36-

39-

42-

45-

48-

51-

54-

High TOB**27-

30-

33-

36-

39-

42-

45-

48-

51-

54-

57-

Width***WW

WW

WW

WW

WW

WW

WW

WW

WW

WW

WW*Feet or Caster **Nominal Conveyor Width

Based upon the calculations performed on page 78, choose your infeed and discharge stands using the tables below:

Example: 2234F-12-15-10Aluminum stand with feet for 10” wide conveyor with infeed of 12” to 15”

Example: 2233C-30-33-12Aluminum stand with caster for 12” wide conveyor with discharge of 30” to 33”

Infeed

Discharge

**TOB = Top of Belt

**TOB = Top of Belt

Note:Infeed stand legs with prefix 2234 extend beyond theconveyor framework

Page 85: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000

L

Y

Z Cross Brace

Z Cross Braces are used when the conveyor’s infeed height isbelow 18”. When it is above 18”, use Aluminum Cross Tie (seepage 84).

Specifications:1) Z and R style conveyors: Y 36” (ref. drawing)

Use the 18” Z Cross BraceY > 36 and 54” (ref. drawing)Use the 36” Z Cross Brace

2) L style conveyors (all): Use the 18” Z Cross Brace

To Order:Part Number:Z-0235-018 18” Z Cross BraceZ-0235-035 36” Z Cross Brace

85

Discharge StandZ Cross BraceInfeed Stand

Aluminum Stand (for infeed heights 9” or less)

Infeed

Discharge

With Caster

To Order:

Prefix2235

2235

Type*F or C-

F or C-

Low TOB**3-

6-

High TOB**6

9*Feet or Caster

Infeed Stand Legend Discharge Stand Legend

Prefix2233

2233

2233

2233

2233

2233

2233

2233

Type*F or C-

F or C-

F or C-

F or C-

F or C-

F or C-

F or C-

F or C-

Low TOB**15-

18-

21-

24-

27-

30-

33-

36-

High TOB**18-

21-

24-

27-

30-

33-

36-

39-

Width***WW

WW

WW

WW

WW

WW

WW

WW*Feet or Caster ***Nominal Conveyor Width

Based upon the calculations performed on page 78, choose your infeed and discharge stands using the tables below:

Example: 2235F-3-6Aluminum stand with feet for any conveyor with infeed of3” to 6”

Example: 2233C-36-39-12Aluminum stand with caster for 12” wide conveyor with discharge of 36”to 39”

**TOB = Top of Belt

**TOB = Top of BeltNote:Infeed stand legs extend beyond the conveyor framework

<=

<=

Page 86: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000

125 Z Series Drives

86

Service Factor - Chart 86-A

Serv

ice

Fact

or

5 10 7020 30 40 50 60

Drive Sizing Technical Data

The equivalent load was determined in the conveyor technical data page (page 79). To choose a gear motor combination that works best for theapplication, the next step is to convert that equivalent load into the torque required and size a drive based upon its use. The user must know thebelt speed (in feet per minute), service factor (determined below), and the duty cycle of the application. The steps below guide the user throughthis process. These steps will utimately compare the torque required to move the load on the conveyor (Required Conveyor Drive Torque) andthe torque the drive train is capable of producing (Supplied Drive Train Torque).

1. Calculate Required Conveyor Drive Torque (RCDT)

Enter the equivalent load the drive must handle (from page 79). Divide this number by 6. Theresult equals the torque required for the application, or the required conveyor drive torque (RCDT). Enter RCDT on Line One.

Choose the belt speed from page 89, and write down the drive train torque (DTT) for the selected speed. Pleasenote that if you are choosing a top or bottom drive, you may use either a timing belt or a chain. The drive traintorque is lower if using a timing belt. Enter the drive train torque on Line Two.

Select a service class: Class I - Moderate loads with chain and sprocket or direct driveClass II - Moderate loads with belt and pulley

Now select the service factor (SF) from Chart 86-A below based upon hours of operation per day and number ofstarts and stops per hour. Enter the result on Line Three.

Divide the drive train torque (DTT) from #2 by the service factor (SF) from #3. This result equals the supplieddrive train torque (SDTT). Enter the result on Line Four.

Compare Line 4 (the supplied drive train torque[SDTT]) to Line 1 (the required conveyor drive torque[RCDT]). If the SDTT is equal to or greater than RCDT,then you have selected the proper drive. SDTTRCDT. If not, then:

A) Slow down the belt speedB) Choose a wider conveyorC) Consult factory

Proceed to the next page for instructions on how touse the remaining drive pages.

1.

2. Select Belt Speed & Enter Drive Train Torque (DTT) 2.

3. Select Service Class and Enter Service Factor (SF) 3.

4. Calculate Supplied Drive Train Torque (SDTT) 4.

5. Determine Functionality

Starts and Stops per Hour

Service Class (I or II)

Hours of Operation per Day

2.0

1.9

1.8

1.7

1.6

1.5

1.4

1.6

1.5

1.4

1.3

1.2

1.1

1.0

80 90 100

24 16 8 2

2.3

2.2

2.1

2.0

1.9

1.8

1.7

1.8

1.7

1.6

1.5

1.4

1.3

1.2

Class I

Class II

Example:

Equivalent load = 300 (per conveyor technical data page)300 / 6 = 50.0 (RCDT)50 FPM (From page 89 - heavy duty bottom drive - fixed speed)87 inch lbs. of torque (DTT)Class II (using timing belt on a bottom drive)16 hours per day with (10) starts and stops (Service Factor is 1.7)87 / 1.7 = 51.1 inch lbs. (SDTT)

RCDT = 50.8SDTT = 51.1

51.1 50.0 (Gearmotor assembly will provide adequate torque)

Page 87: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000 87

How to Use the Following Pages

The following pages contain information on types and locations of available QC drives, presented in a clear, concise manner.Simply follow the two-page spread from left to right, and note the steps listed here.

Drawings Voltage

Speed Mounting Voltage

Horsepower

Drive locations Sizing information

Gear ReducerSprocket/Timing PulleyCombinations

QC Industries 513.753.6000

125 Z Series Heavy Duty Drives

Note:This arrangement allows for thedrive to be mounted on either sideof the conveyor with the motorperpendicular to the drive pulley.Reference the drawings to the left fordimensional information. Reference

the tables to the right formounting package andgearmotor orderinginformation. The boximmediately left showsthe possible drivepositions.

1.34

A *

B DIA.*

3.89.87

4.14

1.77

.48B DIA. *

Top Drive

.50 DIA.

3.752.88

A * .44 DIA.

1.12

1.742.75

B DIA. *

2.88

B DIA. *

Note:This arrangement allows for the driveto be mounted away from theconveyor and on either side of theconveyor, with the motorperpendicular to the drive pulley.Reference the drawings to the left for

dimensional information.Reference the tables to theright for mounting packageand gearmotor orderinginformation. The boximmediately left shows thepossible drive positions.

Note:This arrangement allows for the driveto be mounted above the conveyorbelt, on either side of the conveyor,and with the motor perpendicular tothe drive pulley. Reference thedrawings to the left for dimensional

information. Reference thetables to the right formounting package andgearmotor orderinginformation. The boximmediately left shows thepossible drive positions.

Drive Location1-J

3-G1-J

3-G

Drive Location1-J

3-G1-J

3-G

Drive Location

1-G

3-J1-G

3-J

Front View Top View

B DIA.*

3.50

.38

1.37

A *9.50

1.75

1.86

5.68 **

B DIA. *

Front View Top View

Front View Top View

Remote Drive

Side Drive

*For “A” dimension, see Motor Information table at right

*For “A” dimension, see Motor Information table at right

*For “A” dimension, see Motor Information table at right

B DIA.*

A *

1.37

.38

3.50

9.50

1.75 .33

1.86

5.30

B DIA. *

Note:This arrangement allows for the driveto be mounted below the conveyorbelt, on either side of the conveyor,and with the motor perpendicular tothe drive pulley. Reference thedrawings to the left for dimensional

information. Reference thetables to the right formounting package andgearmotor orderinginformation. The boximmediately left shows thepossible drive positions.

Drive Location1-G

3-J1-G

3-J

Front View Top View*For “A” dimension, see Motor Information table at right

Bottom Drive

AB

16111.395.20

16311.264.69

16V8.224.98

2519.225.19

2539.255.20

25V9.154.99

3319.016.20

3339.245.20

33V10.115.01

50113.856.15

50313.226.19

50V15.844.98

503 (ID)14.087.23

Motor Dimension Chart

*42 frame motors only

The motor can be rotated in 90O

increments when attaching it tothe gearbox. This allows the userflexibility when deciding where themotor capacitor and work box willbe located.

88 QC Industries 513.753.6000 89

Motor Part NumberExample: 161 - 50J

*See Drive Location Chart

Sizing Information

FPM*

12

15

20

30

40

60

120

Torque (DTT)Inch Lbs.

120

128

132

130

128

107

82

Prefix

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

Mounting

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

Mounting Part Number

Position*

1J or 3G

1J or 3G

1J or 3G

1J or 3G

1J or 3G

1J or 3G

1J or 3G

Suffix

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

Example: M1-S1J0

Voltage

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

Prefix

16

16

16

25

25

33

50

Ratio

50

40

30

20

15

10

05

HP

1/6

1/6

1/6

1/4

1/4

1/3

1/2

Motor Information

Face

42C

42C

42C

42C

42C

42C

56C

Motor Part NumberExample: 251-20G

*See Drive Location Chart

Sizing Information

FPM*

12

15

20

30

40

60

120

Torque (DTT)Inch Lbs.

120

128

132

130

128

107

82

Prefix

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

Mounting

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

Mounting Part Number

Position*

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

Suffix

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

Example: M1-R1G0

Voltage

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

Prefix

16

16

16

25

25

33

50

Ratio

50

40

30

20

15

10

05

GearboxHandG or J

G or J

G or J

G or J

G or J

G or J

G or J

Motor Part No. Example:253-15J (230/460v 3PH Gearmotor@40 FPM)

Mounting Part Number Example:M1-S3G0 (Side Drive Mounting)

Remote Drive

Heavy Duty ElectricFixed or Variable Speed

*Speeds Vary up to +/- 4 FPM

*Speeds Vary up to +/- 4 FPM

115/230Amp

3.6/1.9

3.6/1.9

3.6/1.9

4.6/2.6

4.6/2.6

7.2/3.6

8.8/4.4

230/460Amp1.3/6

1.3/6

1.3/6

1.3/6

1.3/6

1.6/8

2.0/1.0

DCAmp1.7

1.7

1.7

2.5

2.5

3.5

5

HP

1/6

1/6

1/6

1/4

1/4

1/3

1/2

Motor Information

Face

42C

42C

42C

42C

42C

42C

56C

115/230Amp

3.6/1.9

3.6/1.9

3.6/1.9

4.6/2.6

4.6/2.6

7.2/3.6

8.8/4.4

230/460Amp1.3/6

1.3/6

1.3/6

1.3/6

1.3/6

11.6/8

2.0/1.0

DCAmp1.7

1.7

1.7

2.5

2.5

3.5

5

Voltage

Voltage

GearboxHandG or J

G or J

G or J

G or J

G or J

G or J

G or J

Side Drive

115 VAC 1 PH230/460 VAC 3 PH90 VDC w/controller90 VDC w/o controller

Voltage KeyFor optional AC controls, see p. 90For optional AC controls, see p. 90See controller on p. 90Customer to supply controller

13VD

Sizing Information

Top or Bottom DriveMounting Part Number Motor Part No. Motor Information

*Speeds Vary up to +/- 4 FPM *See Drive Location chart

Mounting Part Number Example:M1-T1J0-5M4025 (Top Drive Mounting Pkg w/Timing Belt)

See Drive Accessories pages (p. 90 & 91) foroptional controllers, motor starters, e-stops,cords, switches,and plugs

1. ALL above gearmotors are UL and CSA approved2. Torque values are based upon rimmomg torque3. Inverter duty variable frequency rated motors are available in 1/2 HP. Add an ID to the end of the motor part number for the 230/460 VAC 3 PH motors only4. Please note that all inverter duty motors have a non-removable foot mount on them

Notes:

Torque (DTT)Inch Lbs.

95 (belt)120 (chain)95 (belt)128 (chain)98 (belt)132 (chain)93 (belt) 130 (chain)89 (belt)128 (chain87 (belt)107 (chain)

Ratio

50

40

30

20

15

15

Voltage

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

Prefix

16

16

16

25

25

25

GMtr. Sprkt251025102510251025103012

Belt/Chain5MCH5MCH5MCH5MCH5MCH5MCH

Suffix

0-

0-

0-

0-

0-

0-

Position*1J, 1G, 3J

or 3G

1J, 1G, 3Jor 3G

1J, 1G, 3Jor 3G

1J, 1G, 3Jor 3G

1J, 1G, 3Jor 3G

1J, 1G, 3Jor 3G

Mounting

T or B

T or B

T or B

T or B

T or B

T or B

Prefix

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

Conv Sprkt251025102510251025102510

FPM*

12

20

15

30

40

50

60

100

75

120

150

175

200

225

84 (belt)107 (chain)89 (belt)100 (chain)67 (belt)67 (chain)82 (belt)82 (chain)68 (belt)68 (chain)59 (belt)59 (chain)51 (belt)51 (chain)46 (belt)46 (chain)

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

T or B

T or B

T or B

T or B

T or B

T or B

T or B

T or B

1J, 1G, 3Jor 3G

1J, 1G, 3Jor 3G

1J, 1G, 3Jor 3G

1J, 1G, 3Jor 3G

1J, 1G, 3Jor 3G

1J, 1G, 3Jor 3G

1J, 1G, 3Jor 3G

1J, 1G, 3Jor 3G

0-

0-

0-

0-

0-

0-

0-

0-

251030124016251030123414

5MCH5MCH5MCH5MCH5MCH5MCH

251025102510251025102510

40164418

5MCH5MCH

25102510

Example: M1-B3J0-CH1410

10

10

10

05

05

05

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

33

33

33

50

50

50

G or J

G or J

G or J

G or J

G or J

G or J

05

05

1,3,V, D-

1,3,V,D-

50

50

G or J

G or J

Example: 503-05J

HP

1/6

1/6

1/6

1/4

1/4

1/4

1/3

1/3

1/3

1/2

1/2

1/2

1/2

1/2

Face

42C

42C

42C

42C

42C

42C

42C

42C

42C

56C

56C

56C

56C

56C

Motor Part No. Example:331-10J (115v 1PH Gearmotor@100 FPM)

Fixed or Variable Speed

115/230Amp

3.6/1.9

3.6/1.9

3.6/1.9

4.6/2.6

4.6/2.6

4.6/2.6

7.2/3.6

7.2/3.6

7.2/3.6

8.8/4.4

8.8/4.4

8.8/4.4

8.8/4.4

8.8/4.4

230/460Amp1.3/.6

1.3/.6

1.3/.6

1.3/.6

1.3/.6

1.3/.6

1.6/.8

1.6/.8

1.6/.8

2.0/1.0

2.0/1.0

2.0/1.0

2.0/1.0

2.0/1.0

DCAmp1.7

1.7

1.7

2.5

2.5

2.5

3.5

3.5

3.5

5

5

5

5

5

GearboxHand

G or J

G or J

G or J

G or J

G or J

G or J

Voltage

Torque

90 VDC w/o controller Customer to supply controllerD

Sizing Information

Top or Bottom DriveMounting Part Number Motor Part No. Motor Information

*Speeds Vary up to +/- 4 FPM *See Drive Location chart

Mounting Part Number Example:M1-T1J0-5M4025 (Top Drive Mounting Pkg w/Timing Belt)

Notes:

Torque (DTT)Inch Lbs.

95 (belt)120 (chain)95 (belt)128 (chain)98 (belt)132 (chain)93 (belt) 130 (chain)89 (belt)128 (chain87 (belt)107 (chain)

Ratio

50

40

30

20

15

15

Voltage

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

Prefix

16

16

16

25

25

25

GMtr. Sprkt251025102510251025103012

Belt/Chain5MCH5MCH5MCH5MCH5MCH5MCH

Suffix

0-

0-

0-

0-

0-

0-

Position*1J, 1G, 3J

or 3G

1J, 1G, 3Jor 3G

1J, 1G, 3Jor 3G

1J, 1G, 3Jor 3G

1J, 1G, 3Jor 3G

1J, 1G, 3Jor 3G

Mounting

T or B

T or B

T or B

T or B

T or B

T or B

Prefix

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

Conv Sprkt251025102510251025102510

FPM*

12

20

15

30

40

50

60

100

75

120

150

175

200

225

84 (belt)107 (chain)89 (belt)100 (chain)67 (belt)67 (chain)82 (belt)82 (chain)68 (belt)68 (chain)59 (belt)59 (chain)51 (belt)51 (chain)46 (belt)46 (chain)

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

T or B

T or B

T or B

T or B

T or B

T or B

T or B

T or B

1J, 1G, 3Jor 3G

1J, 1G, 3Jor 3G

1J, 1G, 3Jor 3G

1J, 1G, 3Jor 3G

1J, 1G, 3Jor 3G

1J, 1G, 3Jor 3G

1J, 1G, 3Jor 3G

1J, 1G, 3Jor 3G

0-

0-

0-

0-

0-

0-

0-

0-

251030124016251030123414

5MCH5MCH5MCH5MCH5MCH5MCH

251025102510251025102510

40164418

5MCH5MCH

25102510

Example: M1-B3J0-CH1410

10

10

10

05

05

05

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

33

33

33

50

50

50

G or J

G or J

G or J

G or J

G or J

G or J

05

05

1,3,V, D-

1,3,V,D-

50

50

G or J

G or J

Example: 503-05J

HP

1/6

1/6

1/6

1/4

1/4

1/4

1/3

1/3

1/3

1/2

1/2

1/2

1/2

1/2

Face

42C

42C

42C

42C

42C

42C

42C

42C

42C

56C

56C

56C

56C

56C

Motor Part No. Example:331-10J (115v 1PH Gearmotor@100 FPM)

Fixed or Variable Speed

115/230Amp

3.6/1.9

3.6/1.9

3.6/1.9

4.6/2.6

4.6/2.6

4.6/2.6

7.2/3.6

7.2/3.6

7.2/3.6

8.8/4.4

8.8/4.4

8.8/4.4

8.8/4.4

8.8/4.4

230/460Amp1.3/.6

1.3/.6

1.3/.6

1.3/.6

1.3/.6

1.3/.6

1.6/.8

1.6/.8

1.6/.8

2.0/1.0

2.0/1.0

2.0/1.0

2.0/1.0

2.0/1.0

DCAmp1.7

1.7

1.7

2.5

2.5

2.5

3.5

3.5

3.5

5

5

5

5

5

GearboxHand

G or J

G or J

G or J

G or J

G or J

G or J

Voltage

Step 1:Choose mountingarrangement& location

Step 2:If top or bottom drivemounting arrangement,choose timing belt orchain driveNote: Each speed has tworows. The top row is timingbelt driven, and the bottomrow is chain driven

Step 3:Choose speed

Step 4:Run drive sizingcalculations listed onPage 86

Step 5:Choose voltagerequirements

Step 6:Put together two partnumbers, drivemounting package andgearmotor, by followingfrom left to right

MountingArrangement

Step 2

Step 1

Step 3

Step 4(p. 86)

Step 5

Step 6

115VAC 1 PH

230/460 VAC 3 PH

90 VDC w/controller

90 VDC w/o controller

Voltage Key

1

3

V

D

Page 88: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

125 Z Series Heavy Duty Drives

88

Note:This arrangement allows for thedrive to be mounted on either sideof the conveyor with the motorperpendicular to the drive pulley.Reference the drawings to the left fordimensional information. Reference

the tables to the right formounting package andgearmotor orderinginformation. The boximmediately left showsthe possible drivepositions.

1.34

A *

B DIA.*

3.89.87

4.14

1.77

.48B DIA. *

Top Drive B DIA.*

3.50

.38

1.37

A *9.50

1.75

1.86

5.68 **

B DIA. *

.50 DIA.

3.752.88

A * .44 DIA.

1.12

1.742.75

B DIA. *

2.88

B DIA. *

Note:This arrangement allows for the driveto be mounted away from theconveyor and on either side of theconveyor, with the motorperpendicular to the drive pulley.Reference the drawings to the left for

dimensional information.Reference the tables to theright for mounting packageand gearmotor orderinginformation. The boximmediately left shows thepossible drive positions.

Note:This arrangement allows for the driveto be mounted above the conveyorbelt, on either side of the conveyor,and with the motor perpendicular tothe drive pulley. Reference thedrawings to the left for dimensional

information. Reference thetables to the right formounting package andgearmotor orderinginformation. The boximmediately left shows thepossible drive positions.

Drive Location1-J

3-G1-J

3-G

Drive Location1-J

3-G1-J

3-G

Drive Location

1-G

3-J1-G

3-J

Front View Top View

Front View Top View

Front View Top View

Remote Drive

*For “A” and “B” dimensions, see table at bottom of page

B DIA.*

A *

1.37

.38

3.50

9.50

1.75 .33

1.86

5.30

B DIA. *

Note:This arrangement allows for the driveto be mounted below the conveyorbelt, on either side of the conveyor,and with the motor perpendicular tothe drive pulley. Reference thedrawings to the left for dimensional

information. Reference thetables to the right formounting package andgearmotor orderinginformation. The boximmediately left shows thepossible drive positions.

Drive Location1-G

3-J1-G

3-J

Front View Top View

Bottom Drive

AB

16111.395.20

16311.264.69

16V8.224.98

2519.225.19

2539.255.20

25V9.154.99

3319.016.20

3339.245.20

33V10.115.01

50113.856.15

50313.226.19

50V15.844.98

503 (ID)14.087.23

Motor Dimension ChartThe motor can be rotated in 90O

increments when attaching it to thegearbox. This allows the user flexibilitywhen deciding where the motorcapacitor and work box will be located.

*For “A” and “B” dimensions, see table at bottom of page

*For “A” and “B” dimensions, see table at bottom of page**Dimension reflects top of belt

*For “A” and “B” dimensions, see table at bottom of page

Side Drive

Note: 56 frame gear motors extend belowgear box mounting plate and may requireshimming

Page 89: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000 89

Sizing Information

Top or Bottom Drive

Motor Part NumberExample: 161 - 50J

Mounting Part Number Motor Part No. Motor Information

*See Drive Location chart

Mounting Part Number Example:M1-T1J0-5M4025 (Top Drive Mounting Pkg w/Timing Belt)

See Drive Accessories pages (p. 90 & 91) foroptional controllers, motor starters, e-stops,cords, switches, and plugs

1. ALL above gearmotors are UL and CSA approved2. Torque values are based upon running torque3. Inverter duty variable frequency rated motors are available in 1/2 HP. Add an ID to the end of the motor part number for the 230/460VAC 3ph motors only.4. Please note that all inverter duty motors have a non-removable foot mount on them

Notes:

*See Drive Location Chart

Sizing Information

FPM*

12

15

20

30

40

60

120

Torque (DTT)Inch Lbs.

120

128

132

130

128

107

82

Prefix

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

Mounting

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

Mounting Part Number

Position*

1J or 3G

1J or 3G

1J or 3G

1J or 3G

1J or 3G

1J or 3G

1J or 3G

Suffix

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

Example: M1-S1J0

Voltage

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

Prefix

16

16

16

25

25

33

50

Ratio

50

40

30

20

15

10

05

HP

1/6

1/6

1/6

1/4

1/4

1/3

1/2

Motor Information

Face

42C

42C

42C

42C

42C

42C

56C

Torque (DTT)Inch Lbs.

95 (belt)120 (chain)95 (belt)128 (chain)98 (belt)132 (chain)93 (belt) 130 (chain)89 (belt)128 (chain87 (belt)107 (chain)

Ratio

50

40

30

20

15

15

Voltage

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

Prefix

16

16

16

25

25

25

GMtr. Sprkt251025102510251025103012

Belt/Chain5MCH5MCH5MCH5MCH5MCH5MCH

Suffix

0-

0-

0-

0-

0-

0-

Position*1J, 1G, 3J

or 3G

1J, 1G, 3Jor 3G

1J, 1G, 3Jor 3G

1J, 1G, 3Jor 3G

1J, 1G, 3Jor 3G

1J, 1G, 3Jor 3G

Mounting

T or B

T or B

T or B

T or B

T or B

T or B

Prefix

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

Conv Sprkt251025102510251025102510

Motor Part NumberExample: 251-20G

*See Drive Location Chart

Sizing Information

FPM*

12

15

20

30

40

60

120

Torque (DTT)Inch Lbs.

120

128

132

130

128

107

82

Prefix

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

Mounting

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

Mounting Part Number

Position*

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

Suffix

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

Example: M1-R1G0

Voltage

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

Prefix

16

16

16

25

25

33

50

Ratio

50

40

30

20

15

10

05

GearboxHandG or J

G or J

G or J

G or J

G or J

G or J

G or J

Motor Part No. Example:253-15J (230/460v 3PH Gearmotor@40 FPM)

Mounting Part Number Example:M1-S3J0 (Side Drive Mounting)

Remote Drive

FPM*

12

20

15

30

40

50

60

100

75

120

150

175

200

225

84 (belt)107 (chain)89 (belt)100 (chain)67 (belt)67 (chain)82 (belt)82 (chain)68 (belt)68 (chain)59 (belt)59 (chain)51 (belt)51 (chain)46 (belt)46 (chain)

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

M1-

T or B

T or B

T or B

T or B

T or B

T or B

T or B

T or B

1J, 1G, 3Jor 3G

1J, 1G, 3Jor 3G

1J, 1G, 3Jor 3G

1J, 1G, 3Jor 3G

1J, 1G, 3Jor 3G

1J, 1G, 3Jor 3G

1J, 1G, 3Jor 3G

1J, 1G, 3Jor 3G

0-

0-

0-

0-

0-

0-

0-

0-

251030124016251030123414

5MCH5MCH5MCH5MCH5MCH5MCH

251025102510251025102510

40164418

5MCH5MCH

25102510

Example: M1-B3J0-CH1410

10

10

10

05

05

05

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

1,3,V,D-

33

33

33

50

50

50

G or J

G or J

G or J

G or J

G or J

G or J

05

05

1,3,V, D-

1,3,V,D-

50

50

G or J

G or J

Example: 503-05J

HP

1/6

1/6

1/6

1/4

1/4

1/4

1/3

1/3

1/3

1/2

1/2

1/2

1/2

1/2

Face

42C

42C

42C

42C

42C

42C

42C

42C

42C

56C

56C

56C

56C

56C

Motor Part No. Example:331-10J (115v 1PH Gearmotor@100 FPM)

Heavy Duty ElectricFixed or Variable Speed

Fixed or Variable Speed

115/230Amp

3.6/1.9

3.6/1.9

3.6/1.9

4.6/2.6

4.6/2.6

5.2/2.8

7.4/3.7

230/460Amp

1.3/0.6

1.3/0.6

1.3/0.6

1.3/0.6

1.3/0.6

1.5/0.7

2.1/2.0

DCAmp1.7

1.7

1.7

2.5

2.5

3.2

4.8

HP

1/6

1/6

1/6

1/4

1/4

1/3

1/2

Motor Information

Face

42C

42C

42C

42C

42C

42C

56C

115/230Amp

3.6/1.9

3.6/1.9

3.6/1.9

4.6/2.6

4.6/2.6

5.2/2.8

7.4/3.7

230/460Amp

1.3/0.6

1.3/0.6

1.3/0.6

1.3/0.6

1.3/0.6

1.5/0.7

2.1/2.0

DCAmp1.7

1.7

1.7

2.5

2.5

3.2

4.8

115/230Amp

3.6/1.9

3.6/1.9

3.6/1.9

4.6/2.6

4.6/2.6

4.6/2.6

2.5/2.8

2.5/2.8

2.5/2.8

7.4/3.7

7.4/3.7

7.4/3.7

7.4/3.7

7.4/3.7

230/460Amp

1.3/0.6

1.3/0.6

1.3/0.6

1.3/0.6

1.3/0.6

1.3/0.6

1.5/0.7

1.5/0.7

1.5/0.7

2.1/1.0

2.1/1.0

2.1/1.0

2.1/1.0

2.1/1.0

DCAmp1.7

1.7

1.7

2.5

2.5

2.5

3.2

3.2

3.2

4.8

4.8

4.8

4.8

4.8

GearboxHand

G or J

G or J

G or J

G or J

G or J

G or J

Voltage

Voltage

Voltage

GearboxHandG or J

G or J

G or J

G or J

G or J

G or J

G or J

Side Drive

115 VAC 1 PH230/460 VAC 3 PH90 VDC w/controller90 VDC w/o controller

Voltage KeyFor optional AC controls, see p. 90For optional AC controls, see p. 90See controller on p. 90Customer to supply controller

13VD

*Speeds vary up to +/- 4FPM

*Speeds vary up to +/- 4FPM

*Speeds vary up to +/- 4FPM

Page 90: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000

125 Z Series Drive Accessories

90

2X .88 DIA. 2.50

1.253.45

8.00

6.00

5.00

5.00

3X .19 DIA.

Specifications/Features:

115 V AC, 1 phase input, 90 V DC, 1/2 hp max output230 V AC, 1 phase input, 180 V DC, 1 hp max output30:1 speed rangeUL/ULc/CENEMA 1 EnclosureForward/Reverse switch, Run/Brake switchMin/Max & Accel/Decel settings

To Order:Part Number:125-0054-01 Standard NEMA 1DC Control125-0149-09* Wiring: cords & plugs

*Includes 8’ cord from control to AC plug and 8’ cord fromcontrol to motor with male/female disconnects (wired).

Standard DC Control

4X .18 DIA.

4.45

5.13

.34

2.84

2.40

4.57 5.73

Specifications/Features:115/230 V AC, 1/3 phase, 50/60 hz input, 1 hp max output10:1 speed range (when used with ID motor)UL/ULc/CEIP 20 Enclosure3-digit LED displayForward/Reverse switchRun/Stop button, Accel/Decel buttonsCarrier frequency selectable for quiet operation

To Order:Part Number:*125-0054-5C-11-05 115V AC, 1 phase input, IP20125-0054-5C-21-05 230V AC, 1 phase input, IP20125-0054-5C-23-20 230 V AC, 3 phase input, IP20125-0054-5C-43-10 460 V AC, 3 phase input, IP20

Standard AC Control

2X 3/4 NPT

4.56

7.20 6.35.85

.19

5.63

5.16

2.20 1.20

2.12

Specifications/Features:

115 V AC, 1 phase input, 90 V DC, 1 hp max output230 V AC, 1 phase input, 180 V DC, 2 hp max output30:1 speed rangeUL/ULc/CENEMA 4X EnclosureSpeed adjustment potentiometerForward/Off/Reverse switchMin/Max & Accel/Decel settings

To Order:Part Number:125-0054-38 NEMA 4X DC Control

This 4X washdown controller can be used in a wet or dustyenvironment. Washdown DC Control

2X 3/4 NPT

4.56

7.20 6.35.85

.19

5.63

5.16

2.20 1.20

2.12

Specifications/Features:

115/230 V AC, 1 phase, 50/60 hz input, 3 phase out, 1 hp max output10:1 speed range (when used with ID motor)UL/ULcNEMA 4X EnclosureSpeed adjustment potentiometerRun/Stop switchCarrier frequency selectable for quiet operation

To Order:Part Number:125-0054-37 NEMA 4X AC Control

This 4X washdown controller can be used in a wet or dustyenvironment. Washdown AC Control

Note: It is the responsibility of the end user to properlywire this controller to the gearmotor

Note: It is the responsibility of the end user to properlywire this controller to the gearmotor

Note: It is the responsibility of the end user to properlywire this controller to the gearmotor

Note: It is the responsibility of the end user to properlywire this controller to the gearmotor

Motor Controls

Page 91: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000 91

Motion Controls

Optional Cords, Plugs, & Switches

Heavy Duty Motor Options

Part Number125-0149-05125-0149-06125-0149-07125-0149-09

DescriptionON/OFF switch for 1 PH heavy duty motorFORWARD/REVERSE switch for 1 PH heavy duty motor8’ cord and plug for 1 PH heavy duty motor8’ cord and plug for 90VDC motor - see controller for details

4X 1/2 DIA. KNOCKOUT

3.63

5.75

2.00

.72

.25 DIA.

5.13

The Motor Starter is an overload protection that alsoprovides a means of using a Remote E-Stop for safety.The starter is equipped with an undervoltage trip toprotect against autostarting after the overload conditionhas been corrected. Also includes short circuit protection.

Specifications/Features:115 V AC, 1 phase, 60 hz input, 1/2 hp max230 V AC, 3 phase input, 1 1/2 hp max460 V AC, 3 phase input, 1 1/2 hp maxUL/CSA/CEStart/Stop buttonsIP55 Enclosure

To Order:Part Number:125-0054-38-115 115 V AC, 1ph w/enclosure125-0054-38-230 230 V AC, 3 ph w/enclosure125-0054-38-460 460 V AC, 3 ph w/enclosure

Motor Starter

LOCK-OUTTAG-OUT

TURN TO RELEASEE-STOP

5.88

2.50

2.25

3.13

The E-Stop accessory is mounted directly to the MotorStarter enclosure, providing a means of stopping the motorfor safety. It can be padlocked for servicing, and contains astart button for restarting the motor after the pushbuttonhas been released.

Specifications/Features:Turn to releaseUL/CSA/CEE-Stop can be locked out/includes start buttonIP55 Rated

Note: Mounts directly to motor starter enclosure

To Order:Part Number:ELECT-061 E-Stop Accessory for Motor Starter

E-Stop Accessory

3.00

2.67

3.76

2.37 2.75

3.50

2.89

2X .22 DIA.

The Remote E-Stop provides a means for locking out powerto the motor for safety. It includes an IP65 enclosure andmounting bracket to allow the E-Stop to be mounted directlyto the side of the conveyor frame.

Specifications/Features:Turn to releaseUL/CSA/CEIP65 Enclosure

To Order:Part Number:ELECT-063-WBRKT E-Stop with enclosure

Note: Includes mounting bracket to mount to conveyor frameRemote E-StopNote: It is the responsibility of the end user to properlywire motor starter and e-stops

Note: It is the responsibility of the end user to properlywire motor starter and e-stops

Note: It is the responsibility of the end user to properlywire motor starter and e-stops

Page 92: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000

250 Series End Drive Conveyors

92

6.191.89 * 1.81

FRAME

W - .25 = BELT WIDTH

4.44

.42

39.38

W + .31 = FRAME WIDTH

L

DA = (L - D)

1.38 SHAFTLENGTH

.62 DIA.3/16 KEY

W + 4.95

.82

Specifications

Note: As in allindustries, technicalspecifications willchange withtechnology updates.Please contactfactory or seewww.qcindustries.comfor the most up-to-date drawings.

Width 2” to 24”Length 3’ to 15’Profile 1.89” highDrive Pulley 2.5” DiameterLoad Carrying Capacity to 630 lbs.*Speed Range up to 360 fpmBelt is the highest point on the conveyor

Overview Dimensions

*See Technical Data on page 94

•••••••

*Dimension reflects use of MAA belt. See page 100. Note: Conveyors 120” and under are built using a single piece frame

Page 93: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000 93

Features & Benefits

Tail Assembly Drive Assembly

Conveyor

• Low profile design provides tight product transfers and the ability to fit into space-constrainedareas

• Single piece 10-gauge steel framework is laser cut and formed to create a single-body frameconstruction, ensuring frame integrity

• Tight tolerance belting and our unique snap-out sealed tail assembly provide for a quick beltchange (less than 5 minutes) that is normally achieved without having to remove the drivepackages or side rails

• High tensile strength belts offer superior strength-to-weight ratio and are available in over 50various types

• All components in our conveyors are produced on state-of-the-art manufacturingequipment

• Multi-point belt tension is achieved through a snap-in eccentric tailassembly designed to pull through the natural elongation characteristics ofthe belt and provide quick and easy belt change capacity

• Crowned sealed tail assembly isdesigned to promote excellent belttracking and is equipped withsuperior needle bearings withseals that are filled with highperformance grease

• Thrust washers designed into thetail assembly provide axial float,which allows the assembly to move with the natural camber of the belt andprotect bearings against off-center load conditions

• Grease fitting design in the tail assembly allows for lubrication of bearingswhile the conveyor is running, resulting in zero down time duringlubrication

• Precision bearing alignment is guaranteed within the pressed tail assembly,providing optimal conditions to move the heaviest loads in low profile conveyors

• Eccentric tracking bushing allows for single point tracking control at theidler ends of the conveyor

• Straight knurl design used to prevent premature wear on the carcassof the belt and still provide superior grip to overcome start-up inertia

• Crowned sealed drive assembly is designed to promote superior belttracking, and is equipped withsuperior sealed ball bearingsthat are filled with highperformance grease

• Thrust washers designed into thedrive assembly back-flexing idlersprovide axial float, allowing theassembly to move with the naturalcamber of the belt and protectbearings against off-center loadconditions

• Grease fitting design in each bearing housing allows for lubrication ofbearings while the conveyor is running, resulting in zero down timeduring lubrication

• Precision bearing alignment is guaranteed within the drive assemblythough self-aligning bearings, providing optimal conditions to move theheaviest loads in low profile conveyors

• Threaded tracking adjustment points provide simple responsive belttracking that retain settings, even during belt removal

Page 94: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

250 Series End Drive Conveyors

94 QC Industries 513.753.6000

Load Carrying Capacity - Figure 94-A

Incline/Decline Load Factors - Figure 94-B

Conveyor Friction - Figure 94-C

700

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

Above load carrying capacities are for both drive pushing and pulling applications.Note: for drive pushing applications, decrease load capacity of conveyor by 1/2(except on the 24” conveyor).

2 3 4 6 8 10 12 18 24

3570 52.5

105 10570140

210140

210175

280350

420

630

175175

315

Pushing (Drive Location C&D)Pulling (Drive Location A&B)

Lbs.

Conveyor Belt Width (in.)

Equ

ival

nt L

oad

Con

stan

t

Angle

2.0

1.5

1.0

0.5

0.0

Factor 0.3 0.6 0.8 1.1 1.4 1.65 10 15 20 25 30

0.3

0.6

0.8

1.1

1.4

1.6

Conveyor Width

Frictional Load

Equ

ival

ent L

oad

300

250

200

150

100

50

02 3 4 6 8 10 12 18 24

96 104 112 128 144 160 176 224 272

96

224

272

Technical Data

Each of the myriad of applications that exist requires certain performancecharacteristics from the conveyor. QC Industries has developed a sizingsystem that condenses all of these parameters into a common factor, namelyequivalent load.

A conveyor application that is accumulating a 50 pound load, for example,demands the conveyor to carry more than 50 pounds. As such, we havedeveloped certain factors to add to the load that the conveyor needs to carry.

Follow the five steps below to determine the equivalent load your applicationrequires. The result will then be used to help choose the gear motorarrangement that will provide the correct torque.

Write down the equivalent load on your application data sheet (found inthe back of the catalog). The equivalent load will be needed to properlysize a gear motor for the conveyor.

Next, proceed to the next page to construct the conveyor part number.

1. Nominal Load

Equivalent Load (lbs) SUM (1-4)

Enter the total load in pounds the conveyor must carry. For example, (12)cartons weighing 10 pounds each would have a total nominal load of 120 lbs.Use Figure 94-A to cross-reference the width conveyor you desire with thenominal load you need to carry. Each conveyor width listed shows a total loadcarrying capacity for pushing and pulling applications. The 250 conveyor cancarry 35 pounds per inch of width (with the exception of a 24” wide conveyor,which can carry only 175 lbs.) Enter nominal load (in pounds) on Line One.

If the application does not have an accumulating load, enter zero on LineTwo. Otherwise, multiply the nominal load times an accumulation factor. (0.2for accumulation belts listed on page 100 and 0.3 for MAA standardurethane). Enter Accumulation Factor on Line Two.

Some applications require an incline or decline. If the application does notrequire an incline or decline enter zero on Line Three. For inclining ordeclining applications choose a factor from Figure 94-B based upon theangle of incline, then multiply that factor by the total nominal load fromLine One. The angle limit is 30 degrees. Enter result on Line Three.

**Verify Load Capacity:After adding lines one through four together, please referenceFigure 94-A to ensure that the conveyor width you desire willcarry the sum of Lines One through Three. If the sum isgreater than the load capacity listed for the width you havechosen, please choose a wider conveyor or consult factory.

All conveyors have a certain amount of friction that must be added to thenominal load. To determine how much additional load must be factoredin, add 4 to the conveyor width in inches, then multiply by 6, or simplychoose the value from Figure 94-C. Enter result on Line Four.

lbs.

1.

2. Accumulation 2.

3. Incline/Decline [Factor] x [Load] = 3.

4. Conveyor Friction 4.

104 112 128144

160176

Note: See page 95

STOPSTOP

Page 95: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000 95

Step 4

Choose three-digit belt code on page 100.

Example: 2ESBH10-SPF120-ALQ-MAA250 Series End Drive conveyor with standard construction and 1.81” powdercoated frame. Conveyor measures 10” wide by 120” long with solid outputdrive pulley and standard tail pulley. The drive output shaft is in the Aposition. The conveyor has a standard urethane belt.

Step 1

Step 2

Step 3

- - -2 E S H

SeriesD

rive TypeC

onstructionFram

eFram

e StyleW

idthW

idth

LengthLengthLength

Drive LocationD

rive PulleyTail Pulley

Belt

Belt

Belt

2 = 250 E = End Drive S = StandardB = 1.81” Powder Coat (Beige)E = 1.81” Stainless Steel H = Straight Frame

Widths Lengths*2”3”4”6”8”

10”12”18”24”

Drive Location Drive Pulley Type Tail Pulley TypeD

BA

C

*.625” Dia.Cap

Solid Output ShaftL QStandard

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4

*Contact factory for special lengths. Lengths 120” and under area single piece frame design.

Frame Frame StyleConstructionDrive TypeSeries

How to Order

A&B are drive pullingC&D are drive pushing

Standa

rd

Standa

rd

As standard, we assemble the conveyor,track the pre-tensioned belt and qualitycheck every conveyor before we ship tothe customer. Conveyors longer than120” ship unassembled. Accessoriessuch as Motors, Stands, Mounts, andGuides are packaged separately andare shipped unassembled with theconveyor to prevent damage duringshipment. Complete assembly can beprovided upon request; please contactour factory for details.

LengthLengthLength

020304060810121824

36”48”60”72”96”

120”132”156”180”

Order CodeSSSSSS011

PPPPPP924

346792333

680260666

FFFFFF604

000001000

---------

Y*.625” Dia.*.625” Dia.

Dual Output

Order Code

Custom colors available - Contact factory

*3/16 square key included

Page 96: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000

250 Series Center Drive Conveyors

96

W - .25 = BELT WIDTH

.42

1.89 *1.81

FRAME

4.446.19

54.75

D

W + .31 =FRAME WIDTH

.82

.62 DIA.3/16 KEY 1.38 SHAFT

LENGTH

W + 4.95

L

(L - D) /2 (L - D) /2

Specifications

Note: As in allindustries, technicalspecifications willchange withtechnology updates.Please contactfactory or seewww.qcindustries.comfor the most up-to-date drawings.

• Width 2” to 24”• Length 4’ to 28’• Profile 1.89” high• Drive Pulley 2.5” Diameter• Load Carrying Capacity to 630 lbs.*• Speed Range up to 360 fpm• Belt is highest point on conveyor

Overview Dimensions

*See Technical Data on page 98

Note: Conveyors 120” and under are built using a single piece frame*Dimension reflects use of MAA belt. See page 100.

Page 97: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000

FeaturesFeatures & Benefits

97

Tail Assembly Drive Assembly

Conveyor

• Low profile design provides tight product transfers and the ability to fit into space-constrainedareas

• Single piece 10-gauge steel framework is laser cut and formed to create a single-body frameconstruction, ensuring frame integrity

• Tight tolerance belting and our unique snap-out sealed tail assembly provide for a quick beltchange (less than 5 minutes) that is normally achieved without having to remove the drivepackages or side rails

• High tensile strength belts offer superior strength-to-weight ratio and are available in over 50various types

• All components in our conveyors are produced on state-of-the-art manufacturingequipment

• Multi-point belt tension is achieved through a snap-in eccentric tailassembly designed to pull through the natural elongation characteristics ofthe belt and provide quick and easy belt change capacity

• Crowned sealed tail assembly isdesigned to promote excellent belttracking and is equipped withsuperior needle bearings withseals that are filled with highperformance grease

• Thrust washers designed into thetail assembly provide axial float,which allows the assembly to move with the natural camber of the belt andprotect bearings against off-center load conditions

• Grease fitting design in the tail assembly allows for lubrication of bearingswhile the conveyor is running, resulting in zero down time duringlubrication

• Precision bearing alignment is guaranteed within the pressed tail assembly,providing optimal conditions to move the heaviest loads in low profile conveyors

• Eccentric tracking bushing allows for single point tracking control at theidler ends of the conveyor

• Straight knurl design used to prevent premature wear on the carcassof the belt and still provide superior grip to overcome start-up inertia

• Crowned sealed drive assembly is designed to promote superior belttracking, and is equipped withsuperior sealed ball bearingsthat are filled with highperformance grease

• Thrust washers designed into thedrive assembly back-flexing idlersprovide axial float, allowing theassembly to move with the naturalcamber of the belt and protectbearings against off-center loadconditions

• Grease fitting design in each bearing housing allows for lubrication ofbearings while the conveyor is running, resulting in zero down timeduring lubrication

• Precision bearing alignment is guaranteed within the drive assemblythough self-aligning bearings, providing optimal conditions to move theheaviest loads in low profile conveyors

• Threaded tracking adjustment points provide simple responsive belttracking that retain settings, even during belt removal

Page 98: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000

250 Series Center Drive Conveyors

98

Technical Data

Load Carrying Capacity - Figure 98-A

Incline/Decline Load Factors - Figure 98-B

Conveyor Friction - Figure 98-C

700

600

500

400

300

200

100

0 2 3 4 6 8 10 12 18 24

70 105 140210

280350

420

630

175

Lbs.

Conveyor Belt Width (in.)

Equ

ival

nt L

oad

Con

stan

t

Angle

2.0

1.5

1.0

0.5

0.0

Factor0

0.0 0.3 0.6 0.8 1.1 1.4 1.65 10 15 20 25 30

0.0

0.3

0.6

0.8

1.1

1.4

1.6

Conveyor Width

Frictional Load

Equ

ival

ent L

oad

300

250

200

150

100

50

02 3 4 6 8 10 12 18 24

96 104 112 128 144 160 176 224 272

96

224

272

Each of the myriad of applications that exist requires certain performancecharacteristics from the conveyor. QC Industries has developed a sizingsystem that condenses all of these parameters into a common factor, namelyequivalent load.

A conveyor application that is accumulating a 50 pound load, for example,demands the conveyor to carry more than 50 pounds. As such, we havedeveloped certain factors to add to the load that the conveyor needs to carry.

Follow the five steps below to determine the equivalent load your applicationrequires. The result will then be used to help choose the gear motorarrangement that will provide the correct torque.

Write down the equivalent load on your application data sheet (found inthe back of the catalog). The equivalent load will be needed to properlysize a gear motor for the conveyor.

Next, proceed to the next page to construct the conveyor part number.

1. Nominal Load

Equivalent Load (lbs) SUM (1-4)

Enter the total load in pounds the conveyor must carry. For example, (12)cartons weighing 10 pounds each would have a total nominal load of 120 lbs.Use Figure 98-A to cross-reference the width conveyor you desire with thenominal load you need to carry. Each conveyor width listed shows a total loadcarrying capacity for pushing and pulling applications. The 250 conveyor cancarry 35 pounds per inch of width (with the exception of a 24” wide conveyor,which can carry only 175 lbs.) Enter nominal load (in pounds) on Line One.

If the application does not have an accumulating load, enter zero on LineTwo. Otherwise, multiply the nominal load times an accumulation factor. (0.2for accumulation belts listed on page 100 and 0.3 for MAA standardurethane). Enter Accumulation Factor on Line Two.

Some applications require an incline or decline. If the application does notrequire an incline or decline enter zero on Line Three. For inclining ordeclining applications choose a factor from Figure 98-B based upon theangle of incline, then multiply that factor by the total nominal load fromLine One. The angle limit is 30 degrees. Enter result on Line Three.

**Verify Load Capacity:After adding lines one through four together, please referenceFigure 98-A to ensure that the conveyor width you desire willcarry the sum of Lines One through Three. If the sum isgreater than the load capacity listed for the width you havechosen, please choose a wider conveyor.

All conveyors have a certain amount of friction that must be added to thenominal load. To determine how much additional load must be factoredin, add (width x 8) + 80, or simply choose the value from Figure 98-C.Enter result on Line Four.

lbs.

1.

2. Accumulation 2.

3. Incline/Decline [Factor] x [Load] = 3.

4. Conveyor Friction 4.

104 112 128144

160176

STOPSTOP

Page 99: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000 99

How to Order

Step 4

Choose three-digit belt ordering code on page 100.

Example: 2CSBH18-096D096-ALQ-MAA250 Series Center Drive conveyor with standard construction and 1.81”powder coated frame. Conveyor measures 18” wide by 240” long with solidoutput drive pulley and standard tail pulley. The drive output shaft is in the Aposition. The conveyor has a standard urethane belt.

Step 1

Step 2

Step 3

- - -2 C S H

SeriesD

rive TypeC

onstructionFram

eFram

e StyleW

idthW

idth

Length

LengthLength

Drive LocationD

rive PulleyTail Pulley

Belt

Belt

Belt

2 = 250 C = Center Drive S = StandardB = 1.81” Powder Coat (Beige)E = 1.81” Stainless Steel H = Straight Frame

WidthsLengths*

2”3”4”6”8”

10”12”18”24”

Drive Location Drive Pulley Type Tail Pulley Type

BA*.625” Dia.Cap

Solid Output ShaftL QStandard

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4

*Contact factory for special lengths. Lengths 120” and under are a single piece frame design

Frame Frame StyleConstructionDrive TypeSeries

Standa

rd

Standa

rd

As standard, we assemble the conveyor,track the pre-tensioned belt and qualitycheck every conveyor before we ship tothe customer. Conveyors longer than120” ship unassembled. Accessoriessuch as Motor, Stands, Mounts, andGuides are packaged separately andare shipped unassembled with theconveyor to prevent damage duringshipment. Complete assembly can beprovided upon request; please contactour factory for details.

LengthLengthLength

020304060810121824

48”60”72”96”

120”144”168”192”240”288”336”

Order CodeSSSSS000011

PPPPP467924

46792467924

80260802604

FFFFF802604

00001000011

-----------

DDDDDDDDDDD

Length

Y*.625” Dia.*.625” Dia.

Dual Output

Order Code

*3/16 square key included

Custom colors available - contact factory

Page 100: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000

250 Series Conveyors

100

High Friction BeltsA. Grey Diamond Top High AdhesionB. Green High Tack PVCC. Black Lateral Grooved High AdhesionD. Black Rough Top High Adhesion

Accumulation Belts (Low Friction)A. White FDA Fabric AccumulatorC. Black Tight Weave AccumulatorD. Grey Textured Urethane AccumulatorE. Green FDA Fabric Accumulator

Heat-Resistant BeltsA. White Silicone Heat ResistorB. White Silicone Translucent ResistorC. Blue Nitrile Heat ResistorD. White Nitrile Heat Resistor

Cut Resistant BeltsA. Standard UrethaneB. Black Dimple Top Cut ResistorC. Rugged Poly Cut Resistor

FDA BeltsA. Standard UrethaneB. Sealed Edge Standard UrethaneC. Pure White FDAD. Woven White FDAE. White FDA Urethane High AdhesionStatic Conductive BeltsA. Textured Carbon ImpregnatedB. Accumulation Static ConductiveC. Low Friction Static ConductiveD. Structured Static ConductiveTranslucent Belts

A. Green Translucent AccumulatorB. FDA Fabric Translucent AccumulatorC. Silicone Translucent Accumulator

Non-Marking BeltsA. Felt Topped Product ProtectorB. Fabric Topped Product ProtectorC. Cotton Topped Product ProtectorD. Black Elastomer Product Protector

Color Contrasting BeltsA. Gray Textured ContrasterB. Smooth Green Urethane ContrasterC. Dark Green PVC ContrasterD. Light Blue Urethane ContrasterE. Smooth Black PVC Contraster

Release Properties BeltsA. Beige Silicone Product ReleaseB. White PVC Product ReleaseC. Textured Silicone Product ReleaseD. Smooth Habilene Product ReleaseE. Smooth Silicone Product ReleaseSpecialty/Profile BeltsA. Negative Pyramid Profile

Chemical Resistant BeltsDue to the broad spectrum of chemicals and percentages of chemical mixtures, QC Industries offers belt selection assistance in chemical application circumstances. Ourapplication specialists will help determine which belt is best suited to withstand the chemicals present as well as the entire scope of the application parameters. This approachdelivers the best possible product for the application.

FAAFABFADFAF

AAAAACAADAAE

HAAHABHADHAE

IABIACIAD

EAAEABEACEAD

UAAUABUACUADUAE

TAATABTAC

PAAPABPACPADPAE

NAANABNACNAD

RAARABRACRADRAE

SAD

SnakeskinMatte

Longitudinal GrooveRough Top

FabricFabric

TexturedFabric

Fine TextureFabric

Coarse StructureSmooth

SmoothDimple TopStructured

SmoothSmooth, Sealed Edge

MatteSmoothSmooth

TexturedRough Texture

SmoothStructured

TexturedFabric

Textured

TexturedSmoothMatteMatte

Smooth

SmoothMatte, SmoothFine Texture

SmoothTextured

Textured

FeltFabricFabricFelt

PVCPVC Soft

PVCPVC

UrethaneUrethane ImpregnatedUrethane ImpregnatedUrethane Impregnated

SiliconeSilicone Impregnated

Nitrile RubberNitrile Rubber

UrethaneHard UrethaneNitrile Rubber

UrethaneUrethaneUrethane

Urethane ImpregnatedUrethane

Urethane ImpregnatedNitrile Rubber

UrethaneNBR Impregnated Fleece

Impregnated PUUrethane Impregnated

Silicone

PVCUrethane

PVCUrethane

PVC

FeltSpun Polyester

CottonPolyester

SiliconeNon-Stick PVC

SiliconeHabileneSilicone

Urethane

Light GreyDark Green

BlackBlack

WhiteBlack

Light GreyDark Green

WhiteWhiteBlueWhite

WhiteBlackBlack

WhiteWhiteWhite

TranslucentWhite

GreyGreen

Dark GreenLight Blue

Black

BlackBlackBlackBlack

Light GreenTranslucentTranslucent

BeigeWhiteWhiteWhiteWhite

White

WhiteWhite

Natural WhiteBlack

NONONONO

HIGHHIGHHIGHHIGH

212212194212

176176158176

NOYESYESYES

0.1030.1450.0830.185

YESNONOYES

NONONONO

YESNONO

YESYESYESYESYES

NONONONO

YESYESYES

NOYESNOYESNO

YESYESYESNO

YESYESNOYESYES

YES

VERY LOWVERY LOWVERY LOWVERY LOW

MEDLOWMEDMED

LOWHIGHMED

LOWLOWLOWMEDHIGH

MEDHIGHLOWMED

VERY LOWVERY LOWVERY LOW

MEDLOWMEDMEDMED

MEDMEDMEDMED

HIGHLOWMEDMEDLOW

MED

212248140175

356356300300

212248176

212212230248176

212212158176

175248176

158176212212212

175175175302

212

212194356176176

176212140175

356356212212

176212176

176176194212176

176212158176

175212176

158176176176176

176158356176176

176

175175175248

YESNOYESYES

YESYESYESYES

YESYESYES

0.0540.0510.0600.054

0.0590.0510.0790.067

0.0750.0830.100

YESYESYESYESYES

NONONO

YESYESYESYESNO

NONONOYES

YESYESYESYESNO

YES

0.0750.0750.0550.0470.050

0.0630.0800.0400.100

0.0230.0240.040

0.0600.0500.0750.0630.071

0.0700.0670.0720.098

0.0720.0590.0590.0900.040

0.078

Top

Surfa

ce D

escr

iptio

n

Top

Surfa

ce M

ater

ial

Belt

Colo

r

FDA

Tops

ide

Coef

ficie

ntof

Fric

tion

(CoF

)Sh

ort T

erm

Par

tM

ax T

empe

ratu

re (°

F)

Max

. Am

bint

Ope

ratin

gTe

mpe

ratu

re (°

F)An

ti-St

atic

Aver

age

Belt

Thic

knes

s (in

ches

)

Belt

Orde

ring

Code

Belt Selection Guide

Multi-Purpose BeltsA. Standard UrethaneB. Option #1-Sealed Edge Standard UrethaneC. Option #3-Perforated Belt

MAAMABMAD

SmoothSmooth, Sealed EdgeSmooth, Perforations

UrethaneUrethaneUrethane

WhiteWhiteWhite

YESYESYES

LOWLOWLOW

212212212

176176176

YESYESYES

0.0750.0750.075

eeee

104

104

105

105

Specifications subject to change - consult factory

Page 101: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000 101

QC Industries offers conveyor belting for awide variety of applications and industries.These pages cover a number of the morepopular belts we have provided through theyears. These belts have all been tested at QCIndustries and offer a compatible fit to the 250

Series conveyors. If you have a specific needthat is not covered on these pages, pleasecontact one of our sales engineers directly atthe factory to discuss your applicationparameters.

Chemical Resistant BeltsDue to the wide variety of chemical and percentages of chemical mixtures, QC Industries offers belt selection assistance in these application circumstances. Our applicationspecialists will help determine which belt is best suited to withstand not only the chemicals present, but the entire scope of the application parameters. This approachdelivers the best possible product for the application.

To Order With Conveyor:Please use the three-digit QC belt codenumber for conveyor ordering on pages95 and 99.

Multi-Purpose Belts

High-Friction Belts

Accumulation Belts (Low Friction)

Cut-Resistant Belts

Heat-Resistant Belts

FDA/USDA Belts

Static Conductive Belts

Translucent Belts

Color Contrasting Belts

Non-Marking Belts

Release Properties Belts

Specialty/Profile Belts

MAB

FAA

FAB

FAD

FAF

AAAAAC

AAD

HAA

IAB IACIAD

UAA

EAA

UAB

EABEAC

UACUAD

UAE

EAD

TAA

TAB

TAC

PAAPAB

PACPAD

PAE

NAANAB

NACNAD

RAARAB

RACRAD

RAE

SAD

HAB

MAA

QUICK SHIP! MAD

AAE

HADHAE

Page 102: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

250 Series Side & Guide Rails

Note 1: W = nominal belt width in inches * Dimension reflects use of standard urethane belt (MAA) see page 100Note 2: All rails are sold in setsNote 3: Side Rails do not run the full length of conveyor. They are indented 1 11/16” from either end

Custom fixed and flared side rails are available. For heights, consult factory

250-0153 pictured

.46 *

2.35

W - .19

W + 1.06

Aluminum extruded 1/3” high sideswith wear strip

W + 1.06

W + .06

2.22

.33 *

Aluminum extruded 1/3” high sides1/3” Side Rails

To Order:Fill in the last three digits of the partnumber with the nominal conveyorlength in inches.

Ex. 250-0153-048 (Center or End Drive Rail)

To Order:Fill in the last three digits of the partnumber with the nominal conveyorlength in inches.

Ex. 250-0170-024 (Center or End Drive Rail)

Part No. 250-0153-Part No. 250-0170-

250-0178 pictured

W + 1.19

W - .19

1.03 * .88

2.912.03

Aluminum extruded 1” high sideswith wear strip

W + .06

W + 1.19

.93 * .78

2.812.03

Aluminum extruded 1” high sides1” Side Rails

To Order:Fill in the last three digits of the partnumber with the nominal conveyorlength in inches.

Ex. 250-0174-048 (Center or End Drive Rail)

To Order:Fill in the last three digits of the partnumber with the nominal conveyorlength in inches.

Ex. 250-0178-096 (Center or End Drive Rail)

Part No. 250-0174- Part No. 250-0178-

250-0215 pictured

2.03

1.90

W + 1.19

2.05 *

3.93

W - .18

Aluminum extruded 2” high sideswith wear strip

W + .06

W + 1.19

1.93 * 1.78

3.81

2.03

Aluminum extruded 2” high sides2” Side Rails

To Order:Fill in the last three digits of the partnumber with the nominal conveyorlength in inches.

Ex. 250-0215-024 (Center or End Drive Rail)

To Order:Fill in the last three digits of the partnumber with the nominal conveyorlength in inches.

Ex. 250-0216-060 (Center or End Drive Rail)

Part No. 250-0215- Part No. 250-0216-

102 QC Industries 513.753.6000

Fixed Side Rails

Page 103: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000

Adjustable Guide Rails

103

2” High 2-Axis Adjustable Guides

W + 9.12 MAX

W + 2.81

4.34

3.00ADJ.

W - .25 MAX.

3.25 MAX. *1.99 MIN. *

W + 2.81

W + 9.12 MAX.

W - .10 MAX.3.00

ADJ.

2.50 MAX. *1.13 MIN. *

1” High 2-Axis Adjustable GuidesPart No. 250-0281-

W + 2.81

W + 9.12 MAX.

4.34

W - .38 MAX.3.00

ADJ.

5.25 MAX. *3.00 MIN. *

3” High 2-Axis Adjustable Guides

W + 1.42

W - 1.21

3.281.62 MAX. *1.03 MIN. *

1” High Indented Guide AssemblyPart No. 250-0219-

3.94

W + 1.57

W - 1.21

2.40 MAX. *2.13 MIN. *

2” High Indented Guide AssemblyPart No. 250-0218-

4.92

3.03 *

W + 1.57

W - 1.31

3” High Indented Guide AssemblyPart No. 250-0222-

2-Axis Adjustable Guides250-0281-048-T pictured

Indented Guides250-0219 pictured

To Order:Fill in the last three digits of part number with the nominallength of the conveyor. Choose a set screw adjustment or athumb wheel adjustment mechanism by indicating (S) for setscrew and (T) for thumb wheel at the end of the part number.

Example 250-0281-120 -T1” adjustable guide rail with wear strip and thumb wheeladjustment for a 120” long conveyor

The 2-Axis Adjustable Guides are designed to guide theproduct being conveyed. The rails can adjust vertically andhorizontally, offering the end user the ultimate in flexibility.Choose from a set screw or thumb wheel adjustment. Thethumb wheel is shown in the above picture and is ideal forquick adjustments, because no tools are required.

To Order:Fill in the last three digits of the part number with the nominalconveyor length in inches.

Example 250-0281-1201” adustable guide rail with wear strip for a 120” longconveyor

- Part No. 250-0282- -

Part No. 250-0283- -

*Dimension reflects use of MAA belt. See page 100

Page 104: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000

250 Series Automation Accessories

104

To Order:

LD

Conveyor Length (in inches)

Conveyor Width (in inches)

# of Rails (1, 2, 3, etc)

Rail Clearance Height (2” or 3”)

# of Lanes (2,3,4 etc)Mounting Type (F - Frame or T - Tee slot)

Construction (S - Standard)

ExampleLD-2-08144-12FS2” Lane Divider for 8” wide 144” longconveyor. One rail with two lanesmounted to the conveyor frameLane Dividers Lane Dividers

For part number see box to right

LANES

RAILS

RAIL CLEARANCE 2" OR 3"

S

90O Transfer Plate

Conveyor Width Part No.

125-0230-02125-0230-03125-0230-04125-0230-06125-0230-08125-0230-10125-0230-12125-0230-18125-0230-24

2 in.3 in.4 in.6 in.8 in.10 in.12 in.18 in.24 in.

Note 1: Transfer plates are not intendedfor use with high friction belts.Note 2: Discharge conveyor must bepushingNote 3: Customer to drill screw holes tomount plate

Conveyor Width Part No.

125-0220-02125-0220-03125-0220-04125-0220-06125-0220-08125-0220-10125-0220-12125-0220-18125-0220-24

2 in.3 in.4 in.6 in.8 in.10 in.12 in.18 in.24 in.

Inline Transfer Plate

Note:Transfer plates are not intended for usewith high friction belts

Adjustable Stops

To Order:

1. Select an adjustable stop for 1”sides, 2” sides, or single tee slot(See page 102)

2. Using the chart below, fill in thepart number using the nominal widthof the conveyor for the last two digitsof the part number

Example: 125-0232-04End Stop for a 4” wide conveyor that has1” aluminum side rails

1” Sides2” SidesSingle Tee Slot

125-0232-WW125-0234-WW125-0233-WW

Part No.

Adjustable Diverters

To Order:Part No. 125-0250-000

Note:

The adjustable diverter comes with a5’ piece of UHMW rail and (2)mounting assemblies that the usercan utilize to help orient the productaround a 90O transfer.

Page 105: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000 105

Standard Mounts Note:These mounts are intended for surface mounting only. The 250 stands do notrequire a conveyor mount when ordering stands on pages 106 & 107.

To Order:Frame Mounted version attachesdirectly to the conveyor frame. Theframe has mounting holes every 3”.

Part No. 125-0181-04 (Frame)*

Notes:Brackets are universal and can work on either side of the conveyor.

W + 1.71

W + 1.09 MAX.W + .57 MIN.

1.25.135

W + 1.46

3.06

.34 DIA..22 DIA.

1.32

.88.59

.31

3.50

.38SLOT

1.32

1.15

.41

.13

2.06 *

Universal Raised Side Mount

W + 1.46

W + 1.71

W + 1.09 MAX.W + .57 MIN.

.135

1.25

.22 DIA. .34 DIA.

3.50

.38SLOT

4.81

3.07

.88.59

.31

3.10

1.53

.13 5.28 *

To Order:Frame Mounted version attachesdirectly to the conveyor frame. Theframe has mounting holes every 3”.

Part No. 125-0182-04 (Frame)*

Notes:Brackets are universal and can work on either side of the conveyor.

Tee Mount

Notes:Brackets are universal and can work on either side of the conveyor and mountsthe conveyor to a flat surface.

To Order:

Attaches directly to the conveyorframe. The frame has mounting holesevery 3”.

Part No. 125-0010-00*

5/16 DIA.THRU HOLE

.135

W + 2.00

W + 1.37

2.04 *

1.56

4.00

3.00

.66

.22 1.00

1.60

Universal Bottom Mount

Notes:Bottom mount can attach conveyor to a horizontal or vertical surface.Cannot be used with high adhesion belts.

5/16-18SET SCREW

.257 DIA.THRU HOLE

11/32 DIA.

2.89 *

W - 1.50

W + 1.50

W - .75 W + 1.00

.43

.63

1.25 .16 .84

To Order:Attaches directly to the underside ofthe conveyor frame. To order, use thepart number below and fill in thenominal conveyor width in inches forthe last two digits.

Part No. 125-0011-WW *

Universal Adjustable Side Mount

125-0182-04 pictured

*Part No. denotes one bracket andnecessary hardware

*Part No. denotes one bracket andnecessary hardware

*Part No. denotes one bracket andnecessary hardware

*Part No. denotes one bracket andnecessary hardware

Example: 125-0011-04*Universal Bottom mount for a 4” wideconveyor

125-0181-04 pictured

*Dimension reflects use of MAA belt. See pages 100-101.

Page 106: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000

250 Series Stands

106

NOTE: There is a 3” overall height adjustment with feet

NOTE: All applications will require the end user to properly lag stands and ensure stability. Because every application and installation is different, thefunctionality and performance of the supports depend on the end user. QC Industries can aid in determining the supports your application requires.

Part No.125-0074-036 (Qty 1)125-0074-036-SET (Qty 4)The Swivel-In Tee Nut is ideal formounting brackets to analuminum stand, and allows quickmounting location changes.1/4 - 20 thread in Tee-Nut is providedfor attaching accessories

To order:

Swivel-In T Nut

To order:Aluminum Cross Ties

Example:125-0235-024

Part No.125 - 0235 -

Cross Ties - Available LengthsLLL

Enter length of cross ties needed into the “LLL”section above. A quantity of one includes (2) crossties. Note: Cross ties require customer to cut tolength because of stand placement variations.

Inches24”36”48”60”72”96”

120”144”

LLL024036048060072096120144

Part No. 125-0122-04Swivel locking casterOrder (2) per standCasters can be added to eitheraluminum or steel stands. Swivellocking casters increase standheight by 5.50”.Casters should only be used withstands that are 1/3 as wide asthey are tall.

Casters are not recommended onmulti-frame conveyors.

To order:

Casters

To be used in conjunction with the aluminum standsat the top of the page. See opposing page fortypical layouts

WW

H1 - H2

Stand Height Range: H1- H2 (in inches)

Stand Widths-WW (nominal conveyor width in inches)

06 - 0909 - 1212 - 1515 - 1818 - 2121 - 2424 - 2727 - 3030 - 33

33 - 3636 - 3939 - 4242 - 4545 - 4848 - 5151 - 5454 - 5757 - 60

02 03 04 06 08 10 12 18 24

H1 - H2H1 - H2

See the next page for table of part numbers

NOTE: No additional mounts are required. The mounts areincluded with the stand but are specific to where the stand isattached to the conveyor. See opposing page.

NOTE: Conveyors 4” wide and under will have the standframework on the outside of the conveyor; and the minimumheight range is 12 - 15 inches

To order:Aluminum Exact Width Conveyor Stands

There are three different stand types.

Page 107: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000 107

To Order:1) Choose the height rangefrom the left and enter intoH1 & H2 section of the partnumber

2) Enter the conveyor widthinto the WW section

3) If the conveyor is over120” in length, it will beconstructed in sections.Those sections are denotedon the conveyor orderingpage (pg. 95 or 99). Place astand at each frame joint.Denote those stands byadding the suffix FJ to thestand part number.

4) End drive 250’s require astand at the drive. Denotethis stand by adding thesuffix DS to the stand partnumber.

End Drive Typical Stand Layout

Center Drive Typical Stand Layout

Drive Support Stand

Prefix

0182DS-

0182DS-

0182DS-

0182DS-

0182DS-

0182DS-

0182DS-

0182DS-

0182DS-

0182DS-

0182DS-

0182DS-

0182DS-

0182DS-

0182DS-

0182DS-

H1-H2*

12-15

15-18

18-21

21-24

24-27

27-30

30-33

33-36

36-39

39-42

42-45

45-48

48-51

51-54

54-57

57-60

WW**

see below

see below

see below

see below

see below

see below

see below

see below

see below

see below

see below

see below

see below

see below

see below

see below

Frame Joint Stand

Prefix

0182FJ-

0182FJ-

0182FJ-

0182FJ-

0182FJ-

0182FJ-

0182FJ-

0182FJ-

0182FJ-

0182FJ-

0182FJ-

0182FJ-

0182FJ-

0182FJ-

0182FJ-

0182FJ-

0182FJ-

0182FJ-

H1-H2*

06-09

09-12

12-15

15-18

18-21

21-24

24-27

27-30

30-33

33-36

36-39

39-42

42-45

45-48

48-51

51-54

54-57

57-60

WW**

see below¹

see below¹

see below

see below

see below

see below

see below

see below

see below

see below

see below

see below

see below

see below

see below

see below

see below

see below

NOTE: All applications will require the end user to properly lag stands and ensure stability. Because every application and installation is different, thefunctionality and performance of the supports depend on the end user. QC Industries can aid in determining the supports your application requires.

NOTE: The conveyor profile adds 1.89” to the overall height

03 04 06 08 10 12 18 24

Example: 0182-27-30-10

Example: 0182FJ-27-30-10

Example: 0182DS-27-30-10

Frame Joint Stand

Drive Support Stand

Example: 0182DS-33-36-12Example: 0182FJ-33-36-12Example: 0182-33-36-12

Frame Joint Stand Frame Joint Stand

Example: 0182-33-36-18 Example: 0182FJ-33-36-18 Example: 0182-33-36-18

* Conveyor adds 1.89” to theoverall height

Prefix

0182-

0182-

0182-

0182-

0182-

0182-

0182-

0182-

0182-

0182-

0182-

0182-

0182-

0182-

0182-

0182-

0182-

0182-

0182-

Aluminum Exact Width Stand

H1-H2*

03-06

06-09

09-12

12-15

15-18

18-21

21-24

24-27

27-30

30-33

33-36

36-39

39-42

42-45

45-48

48-51

51-54

54-57

57-60

WW**

see below¹

see below¹

see below¹

see below

see below

see below

see below

see below

see below

see below

see below

see below

see below

see below

see below

see below

see below

see below

see below

02

**WW (Conveyor Width)

¹Not compatible with the followingconveyor widths: 2”, 3”, 4”

Page 108: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

250 Series Drives

108 QC Industries 513.753.6000

Service Factor - Chart 108-A

Serv

ice

Fact

or

5 10 7020 30 40 50 60

Drive Sizing Technical Data

The equivalent load was determined in the conveyor technical data pages (pages 94 & 98). To choose a gear motor combination that works bestfor the application, the next step is to convert that equivalent load into the torque required and size a drive based upon its use. The user mustknow the belt speed (in feet per minute), service factor (determined below), and the duty cycle of the application. The steps below guide the userthrough this process. These steps will utimately compare the torque required to move the load on the conveyor (Required Conveyor DriveTorque) and the torque the drive train is capable of producing (Supplied Drive Train Torque).

1. Calculate Required Conveyor Drive Torque (RCDT)

Enter the equivalent load determined on page 94 or 98. Divide this number by 2. The resultequals the torque required for the application, or the required conveyor drive torque (RCDT). Enter RCDT on Line One.

Choose the belt speed from one of the following pages to write down the drive train torque (DTT) for theselected speed. Please note that there are two gearbox types listed; standard and high capacity, for each speed.Enter the drive train torque on Line Two.

Use Chart 108-A below, based upon the hours of operation per day as well as starts and stops per hour. Enterthe result on Line Three.

Divide the drive train torque (DTT) from #2 by the service factor (SF) from #3. This result equals the supplieddrive train torque (SDTT). Enter the result on Line Four.

Compare Line 4 (the supplied drive train torque[SDTT]) to Line 1 (the required conveyor drive torque[RCDT]). If the SDTT is equal to or greater than RCDT,then you have selected the proper drive. SDTT >RCDT. If not, then:

A) Slow down the belt speedB) Choose high capacity gearboxC) Choose a wider conveyorD) Consult factory

Proceed to the next page for instructions on how touse the remaining drive pages.

1.

2. Select Belt Speed & Enter Drive Train Torque (DTT) 2.

3. Enter Service Factor (SF) 3.

4. Calculate Supplied Drive Train Torque (SDTT) 4.

5. Determine Functionality

Starts and Stops per Hour

Hours of Operation per Day

1.8

1.7

1.6

1.5

1.4

1.4

1.3

1.2

1.1

1.0

80 90 100

24 16 8 2

Example:

Equivalent load = 150 (per conveyor technical data page)150 / 2 = 75 (RCDT)30 FPM (From page 111 - end drive)169 inch lbs. of torque (DTT) (Standard capacity gearbox)8 hours per day with no starts and stops (Service Factor is 1.2)169 / 1.2 = 140 inch lbs. (SDTT)

RCDT = 75SDTT = 140

140 75 (Gearmotor assembly will provide adequate torque)

Example:

Equivalent load = 250 (per conveyor technical data page)250 / 2 = 125 (RCDT)100 FPM (From page 113 - center drive)181 inch lbs. of torque (DTT) (High Capacity Gearbox)16 hours per day with (10) starts and stops (Service Factor is 1.5)181 / 1.5 = 121 inch lbs. (SDTT)

RCDT = 125SDTT = 121

121 < 125 (Gearmotor assembly will not provide adequate torque)

2.1

2.0

1.9

1.8

1.7

1.6

1.5

1.4

1.3

1.2

Factor

Page 109: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000 109

How to Use the Following Pages

The following pages contain information on types and locations of available QC drives, presented in a clear, concise manner.Simply follow the two-page spread from left to right, and note the steps listed here.

Voltage

Step 1:Choose an end orcenter drive (end drivepages 110 & 111,center drive pages 112& 113)

Step 2:Choose mountingarrangement & drivelocation

Step 3:Choose a speed

Step 4:Run drive sizingcalculations listed onpage 108

Step 5:Choose standard orhigh capacity gearbox.Note: Each speed hastwo rows. The top rowis a standard capacitygearbox, and thebottom is a highcapacity gearbox.Some speed andgearbox selections willhave two differenthorsepower motors.

Step 6:Choose voltagerequirements

Step 7:Put together two partnumbers, motormounting package andmotor by following fromleft to right

Step 3

Step 5

Sizing Information Mounting Part Number Motor Part No. Motor Information

Ratio

50

40

30

Voltage

1,3,V, D-

1,3,V, D-

1,3,V, D-

Prefix

16

16

16

GMtr.Sprocket Belt/ChainGearbox

SizePosition*MountingPrefixConv

SprocketGearboxHand

G or J

G or J

G or J

FPM* HP

1/6

1/6

1/6

Face

42C

42C

42C

Heavy Duty Electric - Fixed or Variable Speed - End Drive

115/230Amp

3.6/1.9

3.6/1.9

3.6/1.9

230/460Amp1.3/.6

1.3/.6

1.3/.6

DCAmp1.7

1.7

1.7

15

20

25

30

40

50

60

75

80

90

100

110

115

120

125

150

1853171862592043211692661442871703591412971703711603491403078618111825711024071150102224128253120

Torque (DTT)Inch Lbs.

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

G

0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

22

22

22

25

22

22

25

22

22

25

32

28

28

34

30

22

34

32

34

32

32

34

32

34

32

32

25

30

28

22

28

34

162516332550255033753375337525503375337525503375501H50

1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-13V D-

303020201515151510101010101015151010101015151010050505

G or JG or JG or JG or JG or JG or JG or JG or JG or JG or JG or JG or JG or JG or JG or JG or JG or JG or JG or JG or JG or JG or JG or JG or JG or JG or JG or J

1/61/41/61/31/41/21/41/21/33/41/33/41/33/41/41/21/33/41/33/41/41/21/33/41/21

1/2

3.6/1.94.6/2.63.6/1.97.2/3.64.6/2.68.8/4.44.6/2.68.8/4.47.2/3.610.6/5.37.2/3.610.6/5.37.2/3.610.6/5.34.6/2.68.8/4.47.2/3.610.6/5.37.2/3.610.6/5.34.6/2.68.8/4.47.2/3.610.6/5.38.8/4.412.4/6.28 8/4 4

1.3/.61.3/.61.3/.61.6/.81.3/.62.0/1.01.3/.62.0/1.01.6/.83/1.51.6/.83/1.51.6/.83/1.51.3/.62.0/1.01.6/.83/1.51.6/.83/1.51.3/.62.0/1.01.6/.83/1.5

2.0/1.03.4/1.72 0/1 0

1.72.51.73.52.55

2.55

3.57.63.57.63.57.62.55

3.57.63.57.62.55

3.57.65105

42C42C42C42C42C56C42C56C42C56C42C56C42C56C42C56C42C56C42C56C42C56C42C56C56C56C56C

Example: M2-C1G0-8M2234 Example: 253-15G Voltage

Step 6

Speed

Torque

SizingInfo

DriveLocation

Step 2

QC Industries 513.753.6000 111

250 Series

Sizing Information Mounting Part Number Motor Part No. Motor Information

*Speeds Vary +/- 4 FPM *See drive position chart

Mounting Part Number Example:M2-E3J3-8M3225 (End Mounting Pkg w/high capacity gearbox)

1. ALL above gearmotors are UL and CSA approved2. Torque values are based upon start-up torque3. Inverter duty variable frequency rated motors are available in 1/2, 3/4, and 1 HP. Add an ID to the end of the part number.4. Please note that all inverter duty motors have a non-removable foot mount on them

Notes:

Ratio

50

40

30

Voltage

1,3,V, D-

1,3,V, D-

1,3,V, D-

Prefix

16

16

16

GMtr.Sprocket Belt/ChainGearbox

SizePosition*MountingPrefixConv

SprocketGearboxHand

G or J

G or J

G or J

FPM* HP

1/6

1/6

1/6

Face

42C

42C

42C

Motor Part No. Example:1H3-05J (230/460VAC 1HP Gearmotor@300 FPM)

Heavy Duty Electric - Fixed or Variable Speed - End Drive

115/230Amp

3.6/1.9

3.6/1.9

3.6/1.9

230/460Amp1.3/.6

1.3/.6

1.3/.6

DCAmp1.7

1.7

1.7

15

20

25

30

40

50

60

75

80

90

100

110

115

120

125

150

160

180

220

230

250

300

340

360

1853171862592043211692661442871703591412971703711603491403078618111825711024071150102224128253120239106210881768316477153641285711353106

Torque (DTT)Inch Lbs.

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

22

22

22

25

22

22

25

22

22

25

32

28

28

34

30

22

22

25

28

28

30

32

32

34

34

32

34

32

32

34

32

34

32

32

25

30

28

22

28

34

32

32

30

28

28

25

22

22

162516332550255033753375337525503375337525503375501H501H501H501H501H501H501H501H501H

1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-

303020201515151510101010101015151010101015151010050505050505050505050505050505050505

G or JG or JG or JG or JG or JG or JG or JG or JG or JG or JG or JG or JG or JG or JG or JG or JG or JG or JG or JG or JG or JG or JG or JG or JG or JG or JG or JG or JG or JG or JG or JG or JG or JG or JG or JG or JG or JG or JG or JG or JG or JG or J

1/61/41/61/31/41/21/41/21/33/41/33/41/33/41/41/21/33/41/33/41/41/21/33/41/21

1/21

1/21

1/21

1/21

1/21

1/21

1/21

1/21

3.6/1.94.6/2.63.6/1.97.2/3.64.6/2.68.8/4.44.6/2.68.8/4.47.2/3.610.6/5.37.2/3.610.6/5.37.2/3.610.6/5.34.6/2.68.8/4.47.2/3.610.6/5.37.2/3.610.6/5.34.6/2.68.8/4.47.2/3.610.6/5.38.8/4.412.4/6.28.8/4.412.4/6.28.8/4.412.4/6.28.8/4.412.4/6.28.8/4.412.4/6.28.8/4.412.4/6.28.8/4.412.4/6.28.8/4.412.4/6.28.8/4.412.4/6.2

1.3/.61.3/.61.3/.61.6/.81.3/.62.0/1.01.3/.62.0/1.01.6/.83/1.51.6/.83/1.51.6/.83/1.51.3/.62.0/1.01.6/.83/1.51.6/.83/1.51.3/.62.0/1.01.6/.83/1.5

2.0/1.03.4/1.72.0/1.03.4/1.72.0/1.03.4/1.72.0/1.03.4/1.72.0/1.03.4/1.72/0/1.03.4/1.72.0/1.03.4/1.72.0/1.03.4/1.72.0/1.03.4/1.7

1.72.51.73.52.55

2.55

3.57.63.57.63.57.62.55

3.57.63.57.62.55

3.57.6510510510510510510510510510

42C42C42C42C42C56C42C56C42C56C42C56C42C56C42C56C42C56C42C56C42C56C42C56C56C56C56C56C56C56C56C56C56C56C56C56C56C56C56C56C56C56C

Example: M2-C1G0-8M2234 Example: 253-15G Voltage

115 VAC 1 PH230/460 VAC 3 PH90 VDC w/controller90 VDC w/o controller

Voltage KeyFor optional AC controls, see p. 38For optional AC controls, see p. 38See controller on p. 38Customer to supply controller

13VD

See Drive Accessories pages (p. 114)for optional controllers, motor starters,e-stops, cords, switches, and plugs

QC Industries 513.753.6000

250 Series End Drive

110

A0A3

OB0OB3

-.04 .78

3.6410.94

//

1.89

C0C3

13.34

Drive Location1G

3J1G

3J

End Drive

A0 11.39 10.48 11.38 12.38 12.41 12.31 12.17 12.40 13.27 13.85 13.22 15.84 14.08

161 163 16V 251 253 25V 331 333 33V 501 503 50V 503ID 751 753 75V 753ID 1001 1003 100V 1003ID

A3 12.18 12.18 12.19 13.26 13.26 13.13 13.26 13.26 14.06 13.85 13.22 15.84 14.08 15.19 13.26 15.63 13.50 15.19 14.19 16.51 13.76

B0 5.20 4.69 4.98 5.19 5.20 4.99 6.20 5.20 5.01 6.15 6.19 4.98 7.23

B3 6.78 6.78 4.68 6.19 6.19 4.68 6.19 6.19 4.68 6.15 6.19 4.98 7.23 7.19 6.19 6.13 6.76 7.19 7.19 6.13 8.18

Note:

If your application requires a standardcapacity gearbox, use the A0, B0, or C0dimensions. If it uses a high capacitygearbox, use the A3, B3, C3 dimensions.

Reference these drawings and the tablebelow

Motor Dimension Chart

C0 5.82 5.82 5.82 5.82 5.82 5.82 5.82 5.82 5.82 5.82 5.82 5.82 5.82 5.82 5.82 5.82 5.82 5.82 5.82 5.82 5.82

C3 6.56 6.56 6.56 6.56 6.56 6.56 6.19 6.56 6.56 6.56 6.56 6.56 6.56 6.56 6.56 6.56 6.56 6.56 6.56 6.56 6.56

Step 1

115VAC 1 PH

230/460 VAC 3 PH

90 VDC w/controller

90 VDC w/o controller

Voltage Key

1

3

V

D

Page 110: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000

250 Series End Drive

110

A0 A3

B0 DIA.B3 DIA.

D0 D3

10.94

3.64

1.89 *

7.83 C0 C3

13.34

Drive Location1G

3J1G

3J

End Drive

A0 11.39 10.48 11.38 12.38 12.41 12.31 12.17 12.40 13.27 13.85 13.22 15.84 14.08

161 163 16V 251 253 25V 331 333 33V 501 503 50V 503ID 751 753 75V 753ID 1H1 1H3 1HV 1H3ID

A3 12.18 12.18 12.19 13.26 13.26 13.13 13.26 13.26 14.06 13.85 13.22 15.84 14.08 15.19 13.26 15.63 13.50 15.19 14.19 16.51 13.76

B0 5.20 4.69 4.98 5.19 5.20 4.99 6.20 5.20 5.01 6.15 6.19 4.98 7.23

B3 6.78 6.78 4.68 6.19 6.19 4.68 6.19 6.19 4.68 6.15 6.19 4.98 7.23 7.19 6.19 6.13 6.76 7.19 7.19 6.13 8.18

Note:

If your application requires a standardcapacity gearbox, use the A0, B0, C0, andD0 dimensions. If it uses a high capacitygearbox, use the A3, B3, C3, and D3dimensions.

Reference these drawings and the tablebelow

Motor Dimension Chart

C0 5.82 5.82 5.82 5.82 5.82 5.82 5.82 5.82 5.82 5.82 5.82 5.82 5.82 5.82 5.82 5.82 5.82 5.82 5.82 5.82 5.82

C3 6.56 6.56 6.56 6.56 6.56 6.56 6.19 6.56 6.56 6.56 6.56 6.56 6.56 6.56 6.56 6.56 6.56 6.56 6.56 6.56 6.56

D0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

D3 .78 .78 .78 .78 .78 .78 .78 .78 .78 .78 .78 .78 .78 .78 .78 .78 .78 .78 .78 .78 .78

Page 111: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000

Sizing Information Mounting Part Number Motor Part No. Motor Information

*Speeds Vary up to +/- 4 FPM *See Drive Location chart

Mounting Part Number Example:M2-C3J3-8M3225 (250 Mounting Pkg w/high capacity gearbox)

1. ALL above gearmotors are UL and CSA approved2. Torque values are based upon running torque3. Inverter duty variable frequency rated motors are available in 1/2, 3/4, and 1 HP. Add an ID to the end of the part number.4. Please note that all inverter duty motors have a non-removable foot mount on them

Notes:

Ratio505040403030

Voltage1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-

Prefix

161616161616

GMtr.Sprocket BeltGearbox

SizePosition*MountingPrefixConv

SprocketGearbox

HandG or J

G3 or J3G or J

G3 or J3G or J

G3 or J3

FPM* HP1/61/61/61/61/61/6

Motor Part No. Example:1H3-05J3 (230/460VAC 1HP Gearmotor@300 FPM)

Heavy Duty Electric - Fixed or Variable Speed - 250 Drive

115/230Amp

3.6/1.93.6/1.93.6/1.93.6/1.93.6/1.93.6/1.9

230/460Amp

1.3/0.61.3/0.61.3/0.61.3/0.61.3/0.61.3/0.6

DCAmp1.71.71.71.71.71.7

15

20

25

30

40

50

60

75

80

90

100

110

115

120

125

150

160

180

220

230

250

300

340

360

1853171862592043211692661442871703591412971703711603491403078618111825711024071150102224128253120239106210881768316477153641285711353106

Torque (DTT)Inch Lbs.

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

22

22

22

25

22

22

25

22

22

25

32

28

28

34

30

22

22

25

28

28

30

32

32

34

34

32

34

32

32

34

32

34

32

32

25

30

28

22

28

34

32

32

30

28

28

25

22

22

162516332550255033753375337525503375337525503375501H501H501H501H501H501H501H501H501H

1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-

303020201515151510101010101015151010101015151010050505050505050505050505050505050505

G or JG3 or J3G or J

G3 or J3G or J

G3 or J3G or J

G3 or J3G or J

G3 or J3G or J

G3 or J3G or J

G3 or J3G or J

G3 or J3G or J

G3 or J3G or J

G3 or J3G or J

G3 or J3G or J

G3 or J3G or J

G3 or J3G or J

G3 or J3G or J

G3 or J3G or J

G3 or J3G or J

G3 or J3G or J

G3 or J3G or J

G3 or J3G or J

G3 or J3G or J

G3 or J3

1/61/41/61/31/41/21/41/21/33/41/33/41/33/41/41/21/33/41/33/41/41/21/33/41/21

1/21

1/21

1/21

1/21

1/21

1/21

1/21

1/21

42C56C42C56C42C56C42C56C42C56C42C56C42C56C42C56C42C56C42C56C42C56C42C56C56C56C56C56C56C56C56C56C56C56C56C56C56C56C56C56C56C56C

Example: M2-C1G0-8M2234 Example: 253-15G Voltage

115 VAC 1 PH230/460 VAC 3 PH90 VDC w/controller90 VDC w/o controller

Voltage KeyFor optional AC controls, see p. 114For optional AC controls, see p. 114See controller on p. 114Customer to supply controller

13VD

See Drive Accessories (pages 114-115)for optional controllers, motor starters,e-stops, cords, switches, and plugs

111

Face425642564256

1.3/0.62.1/1.01.3/0.61.5/0.72.1/1.02.0/1.02.1/1.02.0/1.01.5/0.7

1.11.5/0.7

1.11.5/0.7

1.12.1/1.02.0/1.01.5/0.7

1.11.5/0.7

1.12.1/1.02.0/1.01.5/0.7

1.12.0/1.03.4/1.72.0/1.03.4/1.72.0/1.03.4/1.72.0/1.03.4/1.72.0/1.03.4/1.72.0/1.03.4/1.72.0/1.03.4/1.72.0/1.03.4/1.72.0/1.03.4/1.7

1.74.81.73.24.85

4.85

3.27.63.27.63.27.64.85

3.27.63.27.64.85

3.27.6510510510510510510510510510

3.6/1.97.4/3.73.6/1.95.2/2.87.4/3.78.8/4.47.4/3.78.8/4.45.2/2.810.8/5.45.2/2.810.8/5.45.2/2.810.8/5.47.4/3.78.8/4.45.2/2.810.8/5.45.2/2.810.8/5.47.4/3.78.8/4.45.2/2.810.8/5.48.8/4.42.8/1.48.8/4.42.8/1.48.8/4.42.8/1.48.8/4.42.8/1.48.8/4.42.8/1.48.8/4.42.8/1.48.8/4.42.8/1.48.8/4.42.8/1.48.8/4.42.8/1.4

Page 112: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000

250 Series Center Drive

112

Center Drive

A0 A3

B0 DIA.B3 DIA.

D0 D3

10.94

3.64

1.89 *

7.83 C0 C3

13.34

Drive Location

3J1G

Note:

If your application requires a standardcapacity gearbox, use the A0, B0, C0, andD0 dimensions. If it uses a high capacitygearbox, use the A3, B3, C3, and D3dimensions.

Reference these drawings and the tablebelow

A0 11.39 10.48 11.38 12.38 12.41 12.31 12.17 12.40 13.27 13.85 13.22 15.84 14.08

161 163 16V 251 253 25V 331 333 33V 501 503 50V 503ID 751 753 75V 753ID 1H1 1H3 1HV 1H3ID

A3 12.18 12.18 12.19 13.26 13.26 13.13 13.26 13.26 14.06 13.85 13.22 15.84 14.08 15.19 13.26 15.63 13.50 15.19 14.19 16.51 13.76

B0 5.20 4.69 4.98 5.19 5.20 4.99 6.20 5.20 5.01 6.15 6.19 4.98 7.23

B3 6.78 6.78 4.68 6.19 6.19 4.68 6.19 6.19 4.68 6.15 6.19 4.98 7.23 7.19 6.19 6.13 6.76 7.19 7.19 6.13 8.18

Motor Dimension Chart

C0 5.82 5.82 5.82 5.82 5.82 5.82 5.82 5.82 5.82 5.82 5.82 5.82 5.82 5.82 5.82 5.82 5.82 5.82 5.82 5.82 5.82

C3 6.56 6.56 6.56 6.56 6.56 6.56 6.19 6.56 6.56 6.56 6.56 6.56 6.56 6.56 6.56 6.56 6.56 6.56 6.56 6.56 6.56

D0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

D3 .78 .78 .78 .78 .78 .78 .78 .78 .78 .78 .78 .78 .78 .78 .78 .78 .78 .78 .78 .78 .78

Page 113: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000 113

Sizing Information Mounting Part Number Motor Part No. Motor Information

*Speeds Vary up to +/- 4 FPM *See Drive Location chart

Mounting Part Number Example:M2-C3J3-8M3225 (250 Mounting Pkg w/high capacity gearbox)

1. ALL above gearmotors are UL and CSA approved2. Torque values are based upon running torque3. Inverter duty variable frequency rated motors are available in 1/2, 3/4, and 1 HP. Add an ID to the end of the part number.4. Please note that all inverter duty motors have a non-removable foot mount on them

Notes:

Ratio505040403030

Voltage1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-

Prefix

161616161616

GMtr.Sprocket BeltGearbox

SizePosition*MountingPrefixConv

SprocketGearbox

HandG or J

G3 or J3G or J

G3 or J3G or J

G3 or J3

FPM* HP1/61/61/61/61/61/6

Motor Part No. Example:1H3-05J3 (230/460VAC 1HP Gearmotor@300 FPM)

Heavy Duty Electric - Fixed or Variable Speed - 250 Drive

115/230Amp

3.6/1.93.6/1.93.6/1.93.6/1.93.6/1.93.6/1.9

230/460Amp1.3/.61.3/.61.3/.61.3/.61.3/.61.3/.6

DCAmp1.71.71.71.71.71.7

15

20

25

30

40

50

60

75

80

90

100

110

115

120

125

150

160

180

220

230

250

300

340

360

1853171862592043211692661442871703591412971703711603491403078618111825711024071150102224128253120239106210881768316477153641285711353106

Torque (DTT)Inch Lbs.

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

M2-

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

1G or 3J

0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-0-3-

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

8M

22

22

22

25

22

22

25

22

22

25

32

28

28

34

30

22

22

25

28

28

30

32

32

34

34

32

34

32

32

34

32

34

32

32

25

30

28

22

28

34

32

32

30

28

28

25

22

22

162516332550255033753375337525503375337525503375501H501H501H501H501H501H501H501H501H

1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-1,3,V, D-

303020201515151510101010101015151010101015151010050505050505050505050505050505050505

G or JG3 or J3G or J

G3 or J3G or J

G3 or J3G or J

G3 or J3G or J

G3 or J3G or J

G3 or J3G or J

G3 or J3G or J

G3 or J3G or J

G3 or J3G or J

G3 or J3G or J

G3 or J3G or J

G3 or J3G or J

G3 or J3G or J

G3 or J3G or J

G3 or J3G or J

G3 or J3G or J

G3 or J3G or J

G3 or J3G or J

G3 or J3G or J

G3 or J3G or J

G3 or J3

1/61/41/61/31/41/21/41/21/33/41/33/41/33/41/41/21/33/41/33/41/41/21/33/41/21

1/21

1/21

1/21

1/21

1/21

1/21

1/21

1/21

3.6/1.97.4/3.73.6/1.95.2/2.87.4/3.78.8/4.47.4/3.78.8/4.45.2/2.810.8/5.45.2/2.810.8/5.45.2/2.810.8/5.47.4/3.78.8/4.45.2/2.810.8/5.45.2/2.810.8/5.47.4/3.78.8/4.45.2/2.810.8/5.48.8/4.42.8/1.48.8/4.42.8/1.48.8/4.42.8/1.48.8/4.42.8/1.48.8/4.42.8/1.48.8/4.42.8/1.48.8/4.42.8/1.48.8/4.42.8/1.48.8/4.42.8/1.4

1.3/0.62.1/1.01.3/0.61.5/0.72.1/1.02.0/1.02.1/1.02.0/1.01.5/0.7

1.11.5/0.7

1.11.5/0.7

1.12.1/1.02.0/1.01.5/0.7

1.11.5/0.7

1.12.1/1.02.0/1.01.5/0.7

1.12.0/1.03.4/1.72.0/1.03.4/1.72.0/1.03.4/1.72.0/1.03.4/1.72.0/1.03.4/1.72.0/1.03.4/1.72.0/1.03.4/1.72.0/1.03.4/1.72.0/1.03.4/1.7

1.74.81.73.24.85

4.85

3.27.63.27.63.27.64.85

3.27.63.27.64.85

3.27.6510510510510510510510510510

42C56C42C56C42C56C42C56C42C56C42C56C42C56C42C56C42C56C42C56C42C56C42C56C56C56C56C56C56C56C56C56C56C56C56C56C56C56C56C56C56C56C

Example: M2-C1G0-8M2234 Example: 253-15G Voltage

115 VAC 1 PH230/460 VAC 3 PH90 VDC w/controller90 VDC w/o controller

Voltage KeyFor optional AC controls, see p. 114For optional AC controls, see p. 114See controller on p. 114Customer to supply controller

13VD

See Drive Accessories (pages 114-115)for optional controllers, motor starters,e-stops, cords, switches, and plugs

Face425642564256

Page 114: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

250 Series Drive Accessories

114 QC Industries 513.753.6000

2X .88 DIA. 2.50

1.253.45

8.00

6.00

5.00

5.00

3X .19 DIA.

Specifications/Features:

115 V AC, 1 phase input, 90 V DC, 1/2 hp max output230 V AC, 1 phase input, 180 V DC, 1 hp max output30:1 speed rangeUL/ULc/CENEMA 1 EnclosureForward/Reverse switch, Run/Brake switchMin/Max & Accel/Decel settings

To Order:Part Number:125-0054-01 Standard NEMA 1DC Control125-0149-09* Wiring: cords & plugs

*Includes 8’ cord from control to AC plug and 8’ cord fromcontrol to motor with male/female disconnects (wired).

Motor Controls

Standard DC Control

4X .18 DIA.

4.45

5.13

.34

2.84

2.40

4.57 5.73

Specifications/Features:115/230 V AC, 1/3 phase, 50/60 hz input, 1 hp max output10:1 speed range (when used with ID motor)UL/ULc/CEIP 20 Enclosure3-digit LED displayForward/Reverse switchRun/Stop button, Accel/Decel buttonsCarrier frequency selectable for quiet operation

To Order:Part Number:*125-0054-5C-11-05 115V AC, 1 phase input, IP20125-0054-5C-21-05 230V AC, 1 phase input, IP20125-0054-5C-23-20 230 V AC, 3 phase input, IP20125-0054-5C-43-10 460 V AC, 3 phase input, IP20

Standard AC Control

2X 3/4 NPT

4.56

7.20 6.35.85

.19

5.63

5.16

2.20 1.20

2.12

Specifications/Features:

115 V AC, 1 phase input, 90 V DC, 1 hp max output230 V AC, 1 phase input, 180 V DC, 2 hp max output30:1 speed rangeUL/ULc/CENEMA 4X EnclosureSpeed adjustment potentiometerForward/Off/Reverse switchMin/Max & Accel/Decel settings

To Order:Part Number:125-0054-38 NEMA 4X DC Control

This 4X washdown controller can be used in a wet or dustyenvironment. Washdown DC Control

2X 3/4 NPT

4.56

7.20 6.35.85

.19

5.63

5.16

2.20 1.20

2.12

Specifications/Features:

115/230 V AC, 1 phase, 50/60 hz input, 3 phase out, 1 hp max output10:1 speed range (when used with ID motor)UL/ULcNEMA 4X EnclosureSpeed adjustment potentiometerRun/Stop switchCarrier frequency selectable for quiet operation

To Order:Part Number:125-0054-37 NEMA 4X AC Control

This 4X washdown controller can be used in a wet or dustyenvironment. Washdown AC Control

Note: It is the responsibility of the end user to properlywire this controller to the gearmotor

Note: It is the responsibility of the end user to properlywire this controller to the gearmotor

Note: It is the responsibility of the end user to properlywire this controller to the gearmotor

Note: It is the responsibility of the end user to properlywire this controller to the gearmotor

Page 115: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000 115

Motion Controls

Optional Cords, Plugs, & Switches

Heavy Duty Motor Options

Part Number125-0149-05125-0149-06125-0149-07125-0149-09

DescriptionON/OFF switch for 1 PH heavy duty motorFORWARD/REVERSE switch for 1 PH heavy duty motor8’ cord and plug for 1 PH heavy duty motor8’ cord and plug for 90VDC motor - see controller for details

4X 1/2 DIA. KNOCKOUT

3.63

5.75

2.00

.72

.25 DIA.

5.13

The Motor Starter is an overload protection that alsoprovides a means of using a Remote E-Stop for safety.The starter is equipped with an undervoltage trip toprotect against autostarting after the overload conditionhas been corrected. Also includes short circuit protection.

Specifications/Features:115 V AC, 1 phase, 60 hz input, 1/2 hp max230 V AC, 3 phase input, 1 1/2 hp max460 V AC, 3 phase input, 1 1/2 hp maxUL/CSA/CEStart/Stop buttonsIP55 Enclosure

To Order:Part Number:125-0054-38-115 115 V AC, 1ph w/enclosure125-0054-38-230 230 V AC, 3 ph w/enclosure125-0054-38-460 460 V AC, 3 ph w/enclosure

Motor Starter

LOCK-OUTTAG-OUT

TURN TO RELEASEE-STOP

5.88

2.50

2.25

3.13

The E-Stop accessory is mounted directly to the MotorStarter enclosure, providing a means of stopping the motorfor safety. It can be padlocked for servicing, and contains astart button for restarting the motor after the pushbuttonhas been released.

Specifications/Features:Turn to releaseUL/CSA/CEE-Stop can be locked out/includes start buttonIP55 Rated

Note: Mounts directly to motor starter enclosure

To Order:Part Number:ELECT-061 E-Stop Accessory for Motor Starter

E-Stop Accessory

3.00

2.67

3.76

2.37 2.75

3.50

2.89

2X .22 DIA.

The Remote E-Stop provides a means for locking out powerto the motor for safety. It includes an IP65 enclosure andmounting bracket to allow the E-Stop to be mounted directlyto the side of the conveyor frame.

Specifications/Features:Turn to releaseUL/CSA/CEIP65 Enclosure

To Order:Part Number:ELECT-063-WBRKT E-Stop with enclosure

Note: Includes mounting bracket to mount to conveyor frameRemote E-StopNote: It is the responsibility of the end user to properlywire motor starter and e-stops

Note: It is the responsibility of the end user to properlywire motor starter and e-stops

Note: It is the responsibility of the end user to properlywire motor starter and e-stops

Page 116: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000

125 Series Application Assistance Form

1

QC Industries4057 Clough Woods Dr.Batavia, OH 45103513.753.6000 Fax 513.753.6001www.qcindustries.com

Use these sheets in conjunction with the catalog pages to record thepart numbers. This sheet can be used to document your applicationand request a quotation.

Record your part numbers here:

Conveyor

Side/Guide Rails

Mounts

Stands/CrossTies

Gearmotor Mounting

Gearmotor

Controllers/Drives

Application Details

Part DescriptionLoad Information

Chemical ConsiderationFDA Consideration

USDA ConsiderationStatic Electricity Consideration

Application Notes

Please photocopy these pages to send to QC Industries

Please use this space to denote some information about the application itself:

Part Dimensions: W L H

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Concentrated Side LoadingUniformly Distributed Accumulating

Environment Description

Part WeightMax Load

Environment Information

Contact InformationCompanyAddressCity, State, Zip

ContactPhoneFax

Area to sketch ideas/layouts

1 Conveyor Details

Step 1Choose from the options in the catalog (pages 11, 15, 19, 47, or 51). *Application hint: Ifyou have an FDA consideration, you will want to choose a corrosion resistant constructionwith a stainless steel frame.

Step 2Choose the width and length (in inches) you require. Please figure the equivalent load onthe conveyor to ensure you have correctly sized a conveyor for the application.Record your equivalent load here.

Step 3Choose from the options in the catalog (pages 11, 15, 19, 47, or 51). *Application hint:Gang driven applications require different drive pulleys. Reference page 41 for details.Different tail pulleys are described on pages 42 and 43.

Step 4Choose a belt from page 15, 20-21, 51, or 52-53.

Record your part number above.

Construction (S=Standard, R=Corrosion Resistant)Drive Type (E=End Drive)

Frame Type (See page 11, 15, or 19)

Series (1=125)

Frame Style (H= Straight)Width (in inches)

Drive LocationDrive Pulley

Belt

Length (in inches)

Tail

1 2 3 4

2

5

64

3

1

7

Equivalent Load

Page 117: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000 2

2 Side/Guide Rails

Step 1Choose from the options listed on pages 22-25 and 54-57. *Application hint: Adjustableguide rails have an extra digit at the end of the part number (see page 23).

Step 3Enter the nominal length of the conveyor in these three positions.Note: Some product containment/lane divider/hopper part numbers have slightly differentpart number legends. Please refer to those pages for the correct part number.

3 Conveyor Mounts

Step 1Choose from the options listed on pages 26-27, and 58. *Application hint: Mounts are usedto attach conveyors to stands and other surfaces. Some mounts will not work with certainbelting or conveyor configurations. Check the Notes area to ensure compatibility. Step 2Enter the two digit suffix for the mount you have chosen. This suffix could be a designatorof how it is mounted or a conveyor width.

Mount Identifier

Mount Specific Suffix

Prefix

1 2 3

125

4 Stands

Step 1Choose from the options listed on pages 28, 29, and 59. *Application hint: Choose betweenaluminum, powder coated steel, or stainless steel stands. Note that powder coated steelstands extend wider than conveyor width.

Step 2Choose the upper and lower stand height ranges. Reference pages 28-29 and 59.

Step 3Choose the stand width. Reference pages 28-29 and 59.

Note: QC recommends cross ties (see pages 28-29) for all applications. Additionally werecommend that the stands be bolted to the floor.

Upper height range

Stand Width

Stand Identifier

1 2 3

5 Gearmotor Mounting

Step 1Enter M1 in the first two digits.

Step 2Refer to page 31 and 61 for help in creating part number and sizing the drive. Then choosetop, bottom, side, or remote, and drive position.

Step 3Refer to pages 33, 35, 37, 63, or 65 to choose reducer type and handing.

Step 4If this is a top or bottom drive, choose belt or chain, then fill in the pulley/sprocketcombinations (page 33, 35, 37, 63, or 65)

6 Gearmotor

Step 1Choose the horsepower based upon sizing instructions on page 31 or 61.

Step 2Choose the voltage of the motor. Application hint: If choosing a heavy duty motor, choose a ‘V’ option to have a90VDC gearmotor with a controller. Choose a ‘D’ option for a 90VDC gearmotor and supply your own. All ACcontrollers are sold separately.

Step 3Choose the gear reducer listed in the table that corresponds to your previous selections.

Record your part number on previous page.

Voltage

Gear reducer ratio

Horsepower

1 2 3

Side/Guide Identifier

Conveyor Length (in inches)

Prefix

1 2 3

125

Record your part number on previous page.

Record your part number on previous page.

Record your part number on previous page.

Record your part number on previous page.

Lower height range

Gear reducer size & handing

Mounting (M=Mounting)

1 2 3

Series (1=125)Motor mounting position & type

4

Belt/chain identifier

Sprocket/pulley combinations

Step 2Choose the rail or guide identifier from pages 22-24 or 54-57.

Step 3Enter mount specific suffix.

QC Industries 513.753.6000

Page 118: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries4057 Clough Woods Dr.Batavia, OH 45103513.753.6000 Fax 513.753.6001www.qcindustries.com

Use these sheets in conjunction with the catalog pages to record thepart numbers. This sheet can be used to document your applicationand request a quotation.

Record your part numbers here:

Conveyor

Guide Rails

Flared Rails / Hopper

Stands/CrossTies

Gearmotor Mounting

Gearmotor

Controllers/Drives

Application Details

Part DescriptionLoad Information

Application Notes

Please photocopy these pages to send to QC Industries

Please use this space to denote some information about the application itself:

Part Dimensions: W L H

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Concentrated Side LoadingUniformly Distributed Accumulating

Environment Description

Part WeightMax Load

Environment Information

Contact InformationCompanyAddressCity, State, Zip

ContactPhoneFax

Denote ‘Z’ Conveyor Application Here

1 Conveyor Details

Step 1Choose from the options in the catalog (page 80). *Application hint: Please follow theinstructions on page 78 and build the application and part number from pages 78 through81.Step 2Choose the width, length, and angle your application requires. *Application hint: Eachconfiguration (Z, L, or R) has different length sections. The angle is always denoted afterthe first frame section. Ex 024B036Step 3Choose from the options in the catalog (page 81).Step 4Choose a belt from page 81. *Application hint: Cleat width and useable belt width isdetermined by the rail systems chosen; a corrugated sidewall (rail built into the belt) or aguide rail.Step 5Determine the number of cleats along the belt (page 81)

Record your part number above.

Construction (S=Standard)Drive Type (E=End Drive)

Frame Type (See page 80)

Series (1=125)

Frame Style (Z,L, or R)Width (in inches)

Drive LocationDrive Pulley

Belt

Length and angle

Tail

1 2 3 4

2

5

6

4

3

1

7

QC Industries 513.753.6000

125 Z Series Application Assistance Form

1

Denote ‘L’ Conveyor Application Here Denote ‘R’ Conveyor Application Here

DimensionsRecord all the knowndimensions of theapplication in theboxes to the right.For a ‘U’ or ‘N’application pleasecontact the factory.

Equivalent Load

Cleats

5

Page 119: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

2 Guide Rails

Note:Fill in this part number only when using an adjustable guide rail (page 82) instead of acorrugated sidewall belt. Otherwise, skip this step. *Application hint: Adjustable guide railsleave a clearance between the bottom of the rail and the belt. If carrying small partsconsider a corrugated sidewall belt.Step 1Enter the series and guide rail designator as shown.

3 Flared Rails / Hopper

Step 1Choose from the options listed on page 83. *Application hint: Combine the flared side railsand end stops together for a hopper. See bottom of page 83. Step 2Choose a flared side rail (1004) and/or one or two end stops (0234).

Rail IdentifierEnd Stop Identifier

Rail Specific SuffixStop Specific Suffix

Prefix

1 2 3

Z

4 Stands

Step 1Enter the prefix number as shown. *Application hint: If you application requires an infeed heightof 9” or less choose from the stands on page 84, otherwise reference page 85)

Step 2Choose a caster or foot type stand.

Step 3Choose the top of belt height range for your application. Use the information from pages 84 - 85in choosing your stands. Reference pages 84 - 85 in choosing the standard height ranges.

Step 4Choose the width of your conveyor. Note: low range stands do not require this designation. Werecommend that the stands be bolted to the floor.

Upper height rangeStand Width

Stand Identifier

1 3 4

5 Gearmotor Mounting

Step 1Enter M1 in the first two digits.

Step 2Refer to page 87 for help in creating part number and sizing the drive. Then choose top,bottom, side, or remote, and drive position.

Step 3Refer to page 89 to choose reducer type and hand.

Step 4If this is a top or bottom drive, choose belt or chain, then fill in the pulley/sprocketcombinations (page 89).

6 Gearmotor

Step 1Choose the horsepower based upon sizing instructions on page 87.

Step 2Choose the voltage of the motor. Application hint: Choose a ‘V’ option to have a 90VDC gearmotor with a controller.Choose a ‘D’ option for a 90VDC gearmotor and supply your own. All AC controllers are sold seperately.

Step 3Choose the gear reducer listed in the table that corresponds to your previous selections.

Record your part number on previous page.

Voltage

Gear reducer ratio

Horsepower

1 2 3

Side/Guide Identifier

A Frame

Prefix

1 3

Z

Record your part number on previous page.

Record your part number on previous page.

Record your part number on previous page.

Lower height range

Gear reducer size & handing

Mounting (M=Mounting)

1 2 3

Series (1=125)Motor mounting position & type

4

Belt/chain identifier

Sprocket/pulley combinations

2

028

2

B Frame C FrameAngle

Step 2Enter the angle (B,C,D,E, or F).Step 3Enter the frame section lengths (in inches) for sections a, b, and c (c option for Z configurations).

10040234

Step 3Enter the three digit length for the flared rail (make sure it is 6” smaller than the a section).Enter the two digit width for the end stop.

223

2

Caster or Foot

QC Industries 513.753.6000

Page 120: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000

250 Series Application Assistance Form

1

QC Industries4057 Clough Woods Dr.Batavia, OH 45103513.753.6000 Fax 513.753.6001www.qcindustries.com

Use these sheets in conjunction with the catalog pages to record thepart numbers. This sheet can be used to document your applicationand request a quotation.

Record your part numbers here:

Conveyor

Guide Rails

Mounts

Stands / Cross Ties

Gearmotor Mounting

Gearmotor

Controllers / Drives

Application Details

Part DescriptionLoad Information

Chemical ConsiderationFDA Consideration

USDA ConsiderationStatic Electricity Consideration

Application Notes

Please photocopy these pages to send to QC Industries

Please use this space to denote some information about the application itself:

Part Dimensions: W L H

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Concentrated Side LoadingUniformly Distributed Accumulating

Environment Description

Part WeightMax Load

Environment Information

Contact InformationCompanyAddressCity, State, Zip

ContactPhoneFax

1 Conveyor Details

Step 1Choose from the options in the catalog (page 95 or 99). *Application hint: Center drivesoffer longer conveyor lengths.

Step 2Choose the width and length your application requires. *Application hint: Conveyor lengths120” and uder are made from one frame. Those over 120” are made with multiple frames.The center drive has a nominal 48” drive frame section while the end drive has a nominal36” drive frame section. Reference drawings on pages 92 and 96 for detailsNote: Center drive conveyors have the drive pulley located in the center of the conveyorlength. For other drive locations options contact the factory.

Step 3Choose from the options in the catalog (page 95 or 99).

Step 4Choose a belt from pages 100-101. *Application hint: Some longer conveyor applicationsmay require the belt to be mechanically spliced. Consult the factory for details.

Record your part number above.

Construction (S=Standard)Drive Type (E=End Drive or C= Center Drive)

Frame Type (See page 95 or 99)

Series (2=250)

Frame Style (H= Horizontal)Width (in inches)

Drive LocationDrive Pulley

Belt

Length (in inches)

Tail

1 2 3 4

2

56

4

3

1

7

Area to sketch ideas/layouts

For surface mounting

Equivalent Load

Page 121: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

2

2 Side/Guide Rails

Step 1Choose from the options listed on pages 102-104.

Step 3Enter the nominal length of the conveyor or the frame section. *Application hint: The bolton extrusions are slightly shorter than the actual frame length.

3 Conveyor Mounts

Step 1Choose from the options listed on page 105. *Application hint: Mounts for the 250 Seriesare used for surface mounting only. They are not needed if using the stands listed onpages 106-107.

Step 2Enter the two digit suffix for the mount you have chosen. This suffix could be a designatorof how it is mounted or a conveyor width.

Mount Identifier

Mount Specific Suffix

Prefix

1 2 3

125

4 Stands

Step 1Choose from the options listed on pages 106-107. *Application hint: Reference thedrawings on page 107 for typical stand layouts and part numbers. Certain stands require atwo digit stand style to be added to the four digit prefix.

Step 2Choose the upper and lower stand height ranges. Reference pages 28-29 and 59.

Step 3Choose the stand width. Reference page 107

Note: QC recommends cross ties (see page 106) for all applications. Additionally, werecommend that the stands be bolted to the floor.

Upper height rangeStand Width

Stand Identifier

1 2 3

5 Gearmotor Mounting

Step 1Enter M2 in the first two digits. *Application hint: There are two different capacitygearboxes to choose from (standard or high) Refer to sizing instructions on page 108.

Step 2Refer to page 108-109 for help in creating part number and sizing the drive. Then choosean end or center drive and which side of the conveyor the drive will be attached.*Application hint: Both center and end drives use a ‘C’ designator.

Step 3Refer to pages 110 or 112 to choose reducer type and hand. If using a high capacitygearbox you will enter a ‘3’ into the shaded box shown in the legend to the right.

Step 4Choose the belt identifier and enter the sprocket ratios as listed on page 111 or 113.

6 GearmotorStep 1Choose the horsepower based upon sizing instructions on page 108. Note that some applications require a highcapacity gearbox which will require a different horsepower motor be chosen

Step 2Choose the voltage of the motor. Application hint: Choose a ‘V’ option to have a 90VDC gearmotor with a controller.Choose a ‘D’ option for a 90VDC gearmotor and supply your own. All AC controllers are sold seperately (pg 114).

Step 3Choose the gear reducer listed in the table that corresponds to your previous selections. If using a high capacitygearbox you will enter a ‘3’ into the shaded box shown in the legend to the right.

Record your part number on previous page.

Voltage

Gear reducer ratio

Horsepower

1 2 3

Side/Guide Identifier

Conveyor Length or framelength (in inches)

Prefix

1 2 3

250

Record your part number on previous page.

Record your part number on previous page.

Record your part number on previous page.

Record your part number on previous page.

Lower height range

Gear reducer size & handing

Mounting (M=Mounting)

1 2 3

Series (2=250)Motor mounting position & type

4

Belt identifier

Sprocket combinations

Step 2Choose the identifier from pages 102-103.

Step 3Enter mount specific suffix

Stand Style

0182

M2 C 8M

QC Industries 513.753.6000

Page 122: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

QC Industries 513.753.6000

Warranty & RGA

122

QC INDUSTRIES CONVEYOR WARRANTY

QC INDUSTRIES warrants that our conveyors are free from defects in materials and workmanship and fit for the ordinary purposes for which such goods areused, under normal installation, use and service for one (1) year from date of purchase or 2100 hours of running use, whichever is sooner. QC INDUSTRIES willreplace any defective part within the warranty period, without charge, provided:

The Purchaser gives QC INDUSTRIES prompt written notice of the defect, including the date of purchase and original purchase order number.The Purchaser will then be given a return goods authorization number (RGA #) which must be displayed on all labels and packing slips returned withmerchandise. (See RGA section)The Purchaser pays for delivery of the defective part to QC Industries for inspection and verification of the defect.The Purchaser shall pay all shipping and insurance charges for the replacement part from QC INDUSTRIES and the cost of installing the replacement part.

This warranty is limited to the replacement of defective parts. QC INDUSTRIES WILL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES CAUSED BY ANY DEFECT IN THIS UNIT.This warranty shall not apply if any failure of this unit or its parts is caused by unreasonable use, lack of maintenance, improper maintenance and/or repairs,incorrect adjustments, exposure to corrosive or abrasive material, moisture causing damage, or any modification or alteration affecting the operation of the unitwhich is not authorized by QC INDUSTRIES in writing. This warranty shall not apply to the following items that are covered by their manufacturer's warranty,subject to any limitation contained in those warranties.

(A) Bearings(B) Motors

CAUTION: Any attempt to repair such items may actually void the manufacturer's warranty. Any description of this unit is only to identify it and it not a warrantythat the unit fits the description. Only an official of QC INDUSTRIES may make any warranties for QC INDUSTRIES. Any warranties implied by law are limited induration to the one (1) year term of this warranty. EXCEPT AS SET FORTH HEREIN, QC INDUSTRIES MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHEREXPRESS, IMPLIED, OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING MERCHANTABILITY FOR FITNESS OR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

LOST OR DAMAGED GOODS: PLEASE READ THESE IMPORTANT INSTRUCTIONS

Shipments should be inspected immediately upon receipt for lost or damaged goods. Any loss or damage should be noted on the carriers receipt (or bill of lading)at the time of acceptance. If items are perceived to be lost or damaged after the shipment has been accepted, it becomes more difficult to file a claim with thecarrier if the receipt does not indicate such loss or damage. Do not, at any time, request the carrier to return any items or shipment to QC Industries withoutprevious authorization from our company for such a return. Please notify QC Industries as soon as any loss or damage is discovered and request the departmentthat handles the lost or damaged goods. You will need to know a complete description of all lost or damaged items. If replacement items are needed, a purchaseorder made out to QC Industries will need to be supplied. QC Industries will then contact the carrier's local agent and request that an inspection of the items beperformed. This is absolutely necessary. Unless an inspection is performed, the carrier will not entertain any claim for loss or damage. After the inspection hasbeen completed, the carrier will notify QC Industries. If the carrier takes responsibility for the claim, a credit will be issued to you for the replacement item(s),including freight charges from QC Industries, where applicable. If the carrier does not take responsibility for the claim, a representative of QC Industries willcontact you.

RETURNED GOODS AUTHORIZATION AND ORDER CANCELLATION REVISION POLICY

If, for any reason, an item needs to be returned to QC Industries or an in-house order needs to be cancelled or revised, the Purchaser is required to adhere to thefollowing series of steps to ensure that the return or cancellation is handled in the proper manner.

RGA POLICY/INSTRUCTIONSPromptly call QC Industries at (513) 753-6000 and request the department that handles Returned Goods Authorization. At this time, you will be asked toanswer pertinent questions relating to the returned items. We ask that you have the following information ready:

• Name of distributor (if applicable) through which item(s) were purchased.• Name of the Customer and/or end user of the item(s).• Any/all purchase order numbers related to the item(s) in question.• Phone number and names of contacts involved in the return (as it may become necessary that they be contacted later).• Complete part numbers of all items involved in the return.• Complete description as the reason for the return and the actions that need to be taken. (If the item is to be replaced, a new purchase order numbermust be supplied by the Purchaser along with complete shipping and billing instructions. These replacements will be treated as separate orders by QCIndustries and evaluated for possible credit only after returned items are received and evaluated.)

After the call has been made to QC Industries, we will process your RGA and you will be faxed the RGA number to use for returning the item(s). RGAnumbers will not be given verbally over the phone.Upon receipt of your RGA, you are required to return the item(s) within 30 days of receipt of said authorization. After 30 days, the Return Authorization willbe void if item(s) have not been received by QC Industries. All shipping charges and freight insurance charges of returned goods will the responsibility of thePurchaser.The RGA number must be clearly marked on the outside of all packages. It must also be on any paperwork, packing slips, or delivery receipts. If there is noRGA number visible on the package, the package may be refused and sent back at the Purchaser's expense.After receipt of returned goods, QC Industries will evaluate the item(s) for credit and take the appropriate action based on each situation. Standard items arereturned in new, resalable condition, will be credited for the amount of the purchase less 20%. Full credit will only be issued on items that are considered tobe defective at the time of shipment from QC Industries and are evaluated to be under warranty. Please allow 30 days for credits to be issued.

ORDER CANCELLATION/REVISION POLICYIf it becomes necessary to cancel or revise an order prior to the order being shipped, QC Industries reserves the right to evaluate each order that is to becancelled or revised and determine if any charges are applicable. A 20% Restocking Charge will apply if an order is assembled and ready to ship prior to itscancellation or revision and the order is totally comprised of standard stock items. If the order contains other than stock items, an evaluation will be made basedon the status of the order. Additional charges will be included with the 20% Restocking Charge if any of the following conditions are met:

The order contains any items that are considered to be non-stock items and these items have already been produced by QC Industries or one of itssuppliers.The order contains any items that require special handling or assembly and these processes have been completed.The Customer has specified that they will pick up an order from QC's facility by a predetermined time and that time frame has expired. In this case, QC willmake an attempt to notify the Customer. If this cannot be accomplished in a reasonable time, the order will be disassembled and the Customer will becharged a restocking fee and any additional charges based on the order's contents as explained herein.

1.2.

3.4.

(C) Reducers(D) Controllers

(E) Casters(F) Belts (unless otherwise agreed to in writing)

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

1.

2.3.

Page 123: QC Industries 125, 125Z and 250 Series Catalog

123

AccumulationAssemblyAutomotiveBar Code ScanningBulk ProductClean Room OperationsCosmeticsCuringDivertingElectronic Component AutomationFood ProcessingHigh Temperature ApplicationsIncline/Decline OperationsInk Jet PrintingInspectionLabelingMachine IntegrationMaterial HandlingMedicalMetal StampingPackagingPalletized OperationsParts SeparationPart and Scrap RemovalPharmaceuticalPlastics MoldingRobotic IntegrationScanningWeighingWorkcells

125

Ser

ies

Stan

dard

125

Ser

ies

Mag

netic

125

Ser

ies

Cle

ated

125

Serie

s C

orro

sion

Res

istan

t

125

Z S

erie

s A

ngle

d Fr

ame

250

Ser

ies

Stan

dard

Conveyor Selection GuideSelection Guide

QC IndustriesLLC

• • •• • •• • • • •• • •• • •• •• •• • •• •••

••

• •• •• • • •• •• • •• • •• • • • • •• •• • •• • • •• • • • •• •• • • • •• • • •• • •• • •••••

•••

• ••••

This Guide is intended to providea general reference as to the mostcommon application use. Forassistance contact our applicationspecialists.

QC Industries 513.753.6000